Mercurial > vim
annotate src/ops.c @ 5133:3713f0f62c95
Added tag v7-3-1309 for changeset a68629544891
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 05 Jul 2013 18:29:48 +0200 |
parents | 18b43970fb7a |
children | 4cbff53717d4 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * ops.c: implementation of various operators: op_shift, op_delete, op_tilde, | |
12 * op_change, op_yank, do_put, do_join | |
13 */ | |
14 | |
15 #include "vim.h" | |
16 | |
17 /* | |
18 * Number of registers. | |
19 * 0 = unnamed register, for normal yanks and puts | |
20 * 1..9 = registers '1' to '9', for deletes | |
21 * 10..35 = registers 'a' to 'z' | |
22 * 36 = delete register '-' | |
23 * 37 = Selection register '*'. Only if FEAT_CLIPBOARD defined | |
24 * 38 = Clipboard register '+'. Only if FEAT_CLIPBOARD and FEAT_X11 defined | |
25 */ | |
26 /* | |
27 * Symbolic names for some registers. | |
28 */ | |
29 #define DELETION_REGISTER 36 | |
30 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
31 # define STAR_REGISTER 37 | |
32 # ifdef FEAT_X11 | |
33 # define PLUS_REGISTER 38 | |
34 # else | |
35 # define PLUS_REGISTER STAR_REGISTER /* there is only one */ | |
36 # endif | |
37 #endif | |
38 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
39 # define TILDE_REGISTER (PLUS_REGISTER + 1) | |
40 #endif | |
41 | |
42 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
43 # ifdef FEAT_DND | |
44 # define NUM_REGISTERS (TILDE_REGISTER + 1) | |
45 # else | |
46 # define NUM_REGISTERS (PLUS_REGISTER + 1) | |
47 # endif | |
48 #else | |
49 # define NUM_REGISTERS 37 | |
50 #endif | |
51 | |
52 /* | |
53 * Each yank register is an array of pointers to lines. | |
54 */ | |
55 static struct yankreg | |
56 { | |
57 char_u **y_array; /* pointer to array of line pointers */ | |
58 linenr_T y_size; /* number of lines in y_array */ | |
59 char_u y_type; /* MLINE, MCHAR or MBLOCK */ | |
60 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
61 colnr_T y_width; /* only set if y_type == MBLOCK */ | |
62 #endif | |
63 } y_regs[NUM_REGISTERS]; | |
64 | |
65 static struct yankreg *y_current; /* ptr to current yankreg */ | |
66 static int y_append; /* TRUE when appending */ | |
67 static struct yankreg *y_previous = NULL; /* ptr to last written yankreg */ | |
68 | |
69 /* | |
70 * structure used by block_prep, op_delete and op_yank for blockwise operators | |
71 * also op_change, op_shift, op_insert, op_replace - AKelly | |
72 */ | |
73 struct block_def | |
74 { | |
1839 | 75 int startspaces; /* 'extra' cols before first char */ |
76 int endspaces; /* 'extra' cols after last char */ | |
7 | 77 int textlen; /* chars in block */ |
1839 | 78 char_u *textstart; /* pointer to 1st char (partially) in block */ |
79 colnr_T textcol; /* index of chars (partially) in block */ | |
7 | 80 colnr_T start_vcol; /* start col of 1st char wholly inside block */ |
81 colnr_T end_vcol; /* start col of 1st char wholly after block */ | |
82 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
83 int is_short; /* TRUE if line is too short to fit in block */ | |
84 int is_MAX; /* TRUE if curswant==MAXCOL when starting */ | |
85 int is_oneChar; /* TRUE if block within one character */ | |
86 int pre_whitesp; /* screen cols of ws before block */ | |
87 int pre_whitesp_c; /* chars of ws before block */ | |
88 colnr_T end_char_vcols; /* number of vcols of post-block char */ | |
89 #endif | |
90 colnr_T start_char_vcols; /* number of vcols of pre-block char */ | |
91 }; | |
92 | |
93 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
94 static void shift_block __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, int amount)); | |
95 static void block_insert __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, char_u *s, int b_insert, struct block_def*bdp)); | |
96 #endif | |
97 static int stuff_yank __ARGS((int, char_u *)); | |
1034 | 98 static void put_reedit_in_typebuf __ARGS((int silent)); |
1077 | 99 static int put_in_typebuf __ARGS((char_u *s, int esc, int colon, |
100 int silent)); | |
7 | 101 static void stuffescaped __ARGS((char_u *arg, int literally)); |
102 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
103 static void mb_adjust_opend __ARGS((oparg_T *oap)); | |
104 #endif | |
105 static void free_yank __ARGS((long)); | |
106 static void free_yank_all __ARGS((void)); | |
107 static int yank_copy_line __ARGS((struct block_def *bd, long y_idx)); | |
108 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
109 static void copy_yank_reg __ARGS((struct yankreg *reg)); | |
110 # if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
111 static void may_set_selection __ARGS((void)); | |
112 # endif | |
113 #endif | |
114 static void dis_msg __ARGS((char_u *p, int skip_esc)); | |
3562 | 115 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
116 static char_u *skip_comment __ARGS((char_u *line, int process, int include_space, int *is_comment)); | |
117 #endif | |
7 | 118 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
119 static void block_prep __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, struct block_def *, linenr_T, int)); | |
120 #endif | |
121 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
122 static void str_to_reg __ARGS((struct yankreg *y_ptr, int type, char_u *str, long len, long blocklen)); | |
123 #endif | |
124 static int ends_in_white __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
125 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
126 static int same_leader __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int, char_u *, int, char_u *)); | |
127 static int fmt_check_par __ARGS((linenr_T, int *, char_u **, int do_comments)); | |
128 #else | |
129 static int fmt_check_par __ARGS((linenr_T)); | |
130 #endif | |
131 | |
132 /* | |
133 * The names of operators. | |
134 * IMPORTANT: Index must correspond with defines in vim.h!!! | |
135 * The third field indicates whether the operator always works on lines. | |
136 */ | |
137 static char opchars[][3] = | |
138 { | |
139 {NUL, NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_NOP */ | |
140 {'d', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_DELETE */ | |
141 {'y', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_YANK */ | |
142 {'c', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_CHANGE */ | |
143 {'<', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_LSHIFT */ | |
144 {'>', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_RSHIFT */ | |
145 {'!', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_FILTER */ | |
146 {'g', '~', FALSE}, /* OP_TILDE */ | |
147 {'=', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_INDENT */ | |
148 {'g', 'q', TRUE}, /* OP_FORMAT */ | |
149 {':', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_COLON */ | |
150 {'g', 'U', FALSE}, /* OP_UPPER */ | |
151 {'g', 'u', FALSE}, /* OP_LOWER */ | |
152 {'J', NUL, TRUE}, /* DO_JOIN */ | |
153 {'g', 'J', TRUE}, /* DO_JOIN_NS */ | |
154 {'g', '?', FALSE}, /* OP_ROT13 */ | |
155 {'r', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_REPLACE */ | |
156 {'I', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_INSERT */ | |
157 {'A', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_APPEND */ | |
158 {'z', 'f', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLD */ | |
159 {'z', 'o', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDOPEN */ | |
160 {'z', 'O', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDOPENREC */ | |
161 {'z', 'c', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDCLOSE */ | |
162 {'z', 'C', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDCLOSEREC */ | |
163 {'z', 'd', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDDEL */ | |
164 {'z', 'D', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDDELREC */ | |
165 {'g', 'w', TRUE}, /* OP_FORMAT2 */ | |
603 | 166 {'g', '@', FALSE}, /* OP_FUNCTION */ |
7 | 167 }; |
168 | |
169 /* | |
170 * Translate a command name into an operator type. | |
171 * Must only be called with a valid operator name! | |
172 */ | |
173 int | |
174 get_op_type(char1, char2) | |
175 int char1; | |
176 int char2; | |
177 { | |
178 int i; | |
179 | |
180 if (char1 == 'r') /* ignore second character */ | |
181 return OP_REPLACE; | |
182 if (char1 == '~') /* when tilde is an operator */ | |
183 return OP_TILDE; | |
184 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
185 if (opchars[i][0] == char1 && opchars[i][1] == char2) | |
186 break; | |
187 return i; | |
188 } | |
189 | |
190 #if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
191 /* | |
192 * Return TRUE if operator "op" always works on whole lines. | |
193 */ | |
194 int | |
195 op_on_lines(op) | |
196 int op; | |
197 { | |
198 return opchars[op][2]; | |
199 } | |
200 #endif | |
201 | |
202 /* | |
203 * Get first operator command character. | |
204 * Returns 'g' or 'z' if there is another command character. | |
205 */ | |
206 int | |
207 get_op_char(optype) | |
208 int optype; | |
209 { | |
210 return opchars[optype][0]; | |
211 } | |
212 | |
213 /* | |
214 * Get second operator command character. | |
215 */ | |
216 int | |
217 get_extra_op_char(optype) | |
218 int optype; | |
219 { | |
220 return opchars[optype][1]; | |
221 } | |
222 | |
223 /* | |
224 * op_shift - handle a shift operation | |
225 */ | |
226 void | |
227 op_shift(oap, curs_top, amount) | |
228 oparg_T *oap; | |
229 int curs_top; | |
230 int amount; | |
231 { | |
232 long i; | |
233 int first_char; | |
234 char_u *s; | |
235 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
236 int block_col = 0; | |
237 #endif | |
238 | |
239 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
240 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
241 return; | |
242 | |
243 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
244 if (oap->block_mode) | |
245 block_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
246 #endif | |
247 | |
248 for (i = oap->line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
249 { | |
250 first_char = *ml_get_curline(); | |
251 if (first_char == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
252 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
253 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
254 else if (oap->block_mode) | |
255 shift_block(oap, amount); | |
256 #endif | |
257 else | |
258 /* Move the line right if it doesn't start with '#', 'smartindent' | |
259 * isn't set or 'cindent' isn't set or '#' isn't in 'cino'. */ | |
260 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
261 if (first_char != '#' || !preprocs_left()) | |
262 #endif | |
263 { | |
1516 | 264 shift_line(oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT, p_sr, amount, FALSE); |
7 | 265 } |
266 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
267 } | |
268 | |
269 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
270 | |
271 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
272 if (oap->block_mode) | |
273 { | |
274 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
275 curwin->w_cursor.col = block_col; | |
276 } | |
277 else | |
278 #endif | |
279 if (curs_top) /* put cursor on first line, for ">>" */ | |
280 { | |
281 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
282 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); /* shift_line() may have set cursor.col */ | |
283 } | |
284 else | |
285 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; /* put cursor on last line, for ":>" */ | |
286 | |
287 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
288 { | |
289 if (oap->op_type == OP_RSHIFT) | |
290 s = (char_u *)">"; | |
291 else | |
292 s = (char_u *)"<"; | |
293 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
294 { | |
295 if (amount == 1) | |
296 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("1 line %sed 1 time"), s); | |
297 else | |
298 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("1 line %sed %d times"), s, amount); | |
299 } | |
300 else | |
301 { | |
302 if (amount == 1) | |
303 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("%ld lines %sed 1 time"), | |
304 oap->line_count, s); | |
305 else | |
306 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("%ld lines %sed %d times"), | |
307 oap->line_count, s, amount); | |
308 } | |
309 msg(IObuff); | |
310 } | |
311 | |
312 /* | |
313 * Set "'[" and "']" marks. | |
314 */ | |
315 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
316 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
317 curbuf->b_op_end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
318 if (curbuf->b_op_end.col > 0) | |
319 --curbuf->b_op_end.col; | |
320 } | |
321 | |
322 /* | |
323 * shift the current line one shiftwidth left (if left != 0) or right | |
324 * leaves cursor on first blank in the line | |
325 */ | |
326 void | |
1516 | 327 shift_line(left, round, amount, call_changed_bytes) |
7 | 328 int left; |
329 int round; | |
330 int amount; | |
1516 | 331 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
7 | 332 { |
333 int count; | |
334 int i, j; | |
3740 | 335 int p_sw = (int)get_sw_value(); |
7 | 336 |
337 count = get_indent(); /* get current indent */ | |
338 | |
339 if (round) /* round off indent */ | |
340 { | |
341 i = count / p_sw; /* number of p_sw rounded down */ | |
342 j = count % p_sw; /* extra spaces */ | |
343 if (j && left) /* first remove extra spaces */ | |
344 --amount; | |
345 if (left) | |
346 { | |
347 i -= amount; | |
348 if (i < 0) | |
349 i = 0; | |
350 } | |
351 else | |
352 i += amount; | |
353 count = i * p_sw; | |
354 } | |
355 else /* original vi indent */ | |
356 { | |
357 if (left) | |
358 { | |
359 count -= p_sw * amount; | |
360 if (count < 0) | |
361 count = 0; | |
362 } | |
363 else | |
364 count += p_sw * amount; | |
365 } | |
366 | |
367 /* Set new indent */ | |
368 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
369 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 370 change_indent(INDENT_SET, count, FALSE, NUL, call_changed_bytes); |
7 | 371 else |
372 #endif | |
1516 | 373 (void)set_indent(count, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
7 | 374 } |
375 | |
376 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
377 /* | |
378 * Shift one line of the current block one shiftwidth right or left. | |
379 * Leaves cursor on first character in block. | |
380 */ | |
381 static void | |
382 shift_block(oap, amount) | |
383 oparg_T *oap; | |
384 int amount; | |
385 { | |
386 int left = (oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT); | |
387 int oldstate = State; | |
1839 | 388 int total; |
389 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
7 | 390 int oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
3740 | 391 int p_sw = (int)get_sw_value(); |
7 | 392 int p_ts = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; |
393 struct block_def bd; | |
394 int incr; | |
1839 | 395 colnr_T ws_vcol; |
7 | 396 int i = 0, j = 0; |
397 int len; | |
398 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
399 int old_p_ri = p_ri; | |
400 | |
4352 | 401 p_ri = 0; /* don't want revins in indent */ |
7 | 402 #endif |
403 | |
404 State = INSERT; /* don't want REPLACE for State */ | |
405 block_prep(oap, &bd, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); | |
406 if (bd.is_short) | |
407 return; | |
408 | |
409 /* total is number of screen columns to be inserted/removed */ | |
410 total = amount * p_sw; | |
411 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
412 | |
413 if (!left) | |
414 { | |
415 /* | |
416 * 1. Get start vcol | |
417 * 2. Total ws vcols | |
418 * 3. Divvy into TABs & spp | |
419 * 4. Construct new string | |
420 */ | |
421 total += bd.pre_whitesp; /* all virtual WS upto & incl a split TAB */ | |
422 ws_vcol = bd.start_vcol - bd.pre_whitesp; | |
423 if (bd.startspaces) | |
424 { | |
425 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
426 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 427 bd.textstart += (*mb_ptr2len)(bd.textstart); |
1995 | 428 else |
429 #endif | |
430 ++bd.textstart; | |
7 | 431 } |
432 for ( ; vim_iswhite(*bd.textstart); ) | |
433 { | |
434 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&bd.textstart, (colnr_T)(bd.start_vcol)); | |
435 total += incr; | |
436 bd.start_vcol += incr; | |
437 } | |
438 /* OK, now total=all the VWS reqd, and textstart points at the 1st | |
439 * non-ws char in the block. */ | |
440 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
441 i = ((ws_vcol % p_ts) + total) / p_ts; /* number of tabs */ | |
442 if (i) | |
443 j = ((ws_vcol % p_ts) + total) % p_ts; /* number of spp */ | |
444 else | |
445 j = total; | |
446 /* if we're splitting a TAB, allow for it */ | |
447 bd.textcol -= bd.pre_whitesp_c - (bd.startspaces != 0); | |
448 len = (int)STRLEN(bd.textstart) + 1; | |
449 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(bd.textcol + i + j + len)); | |
450 if (newp == NULL) | |
451 return; | |
452 vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(bd.textcol + i + j + len)); | |
453 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
454 copy_chars(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)i, TAB); | |
455 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol + i, (size_t)j); | |
456 /* the end */ | |
457 mch_memmove(newp + bd.textcol + i + j, bd.textstart, (size_t)len); | |
458 } | |
459 else /* left */ | |
460 { | |
1839 | 461 colnr_T destination_col; /* column to which text in block will |
462 be shifted */ | |
463 char_u *verbatim_copy_end; /* end of the part of the line which is | |
464 copied verbatim */ | |
465 colnr_T verbatim_copy_width;/* the (displayed) width of this part | |
466 of line */ | |
467 unsigned fill; /* nr of spaces that replace a TAB */ | |
468 unsigned new_line_len; /* the length of the line after the | |
469 block shift */ | |
470 size_t block_space_width; | |
471 size_t shift_amount; | |
472 char_u *non_white = bd.textstart; | |
473 colnr_T non_white_col; | |
474 | |
475 /* | |
476 * Firstly, let's find the first non-whitespace character that is | |
477 * displayed after the block's start column and the character's column | |
478 * number. Also, let's calculate the width of all the whitespace | |
479 * characters that are displayed in the block and precede the searched | |
480 * non-whitespace character. | |
481 */ | |
482 | |
483 /* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character, | |
484 * the part of which is displayed at the block's beginning. Let's start | |
485 * searching from the next character. */ | |
486 if (bd.startspaces) | |
487 mb_ptr_adv(non_white); | |
488 | |
489 /* The character's column is in "bd.start_vcol". */ | |
490 non_white_col = bd.start_vcol; | |
491 | |
492 while (vim_iswhite(*non_white)) | |
7 | 493 { |
1839 | 494 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&non_white, non_white_col); |
495 non_white_col += incr; | |
7 | 496 } |
1839 | 497 |
498 block_space_width = non_white_col - oap->start_vcol; | |
499 /* We will shift by "total" or "block_space_width", whichever is less. | |
500 */ | |
1860 | 501 shift_amount = (block_space_width < (size_t)total |
502 ? block_space_width : (size_t)total); | |
1839 | 503 |
504 /* The column to which we will shift the text. */ | |
1860 | 505 destination_col = (colnr_T)(non_white_col - shift_amount); |
1839 | 506 |
507 /* Now let's find out how much of the beginning of the line we can | |
508 * reuse without modification. */ | |
509 verbatim_copy_end = bd.textstart; | |
510 verbatim_copy_width = bd.start_vcol; | |
511 | |
512 /* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character | |
513 * preceding the block. We have to subtract its width to obtain its | |
514 * column number. */ | |
515 if (bd.startspaces) | |
516 verbatim_copy_width -= bd.start_char_vcols; | |
517 while (verbatim_copy_width < destination_col) | |
7 | 518 { |
1839 | 519 incr = lbr_chartabsize(verbatim_copy_end, verbatim_copy_width); |
520 if (verbatim_copy_width + incr > destination_col) | |
521 break; | |
522 verbatim_copy_width += incr; | |
523 mb_ptr_adv(verbatim_copy_end); | |
7 | 524 } |
525 | |
1839 | 526 /* If "destination_col" is different from the width of the initial |
527 * part of the line that will be copied, it means we encountered a tab | |
528 * character, which we will have to partly replace with spaces. */ | |
529 fill = destination_col - verbatim_copy_width; | |
530 | |
531 /* The replacement line will consist of: | |
532 * - the beginning of the original line up to "verbatim_copy_end", | |
533 * - "fill" number of spaces, | |
534 * - the rest of the line, pointed to by non_white. */ | |
535 new_line_len = (unsigned)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp) | |
536 + fill | |
537 + (unsigned)STRLEN(non_white) + 1; | |
538 | |
539 newp = alloc_check(new_line_len); | |
7 | 540 if (newp == NULL) |
541 return; | |
1839 | 542 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp)); |
543 copy_spaces(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp), (size_t)fill); | |
544 STRMOVE(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp) + fill, non_white); | |
7 | 545 } |
546 /* replace the line */ | |
547 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
548 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (colnr_T)bd.textcol); | |
549 State = oldstate; | |
550 curwin->w_cursor.col = oldcol; | |
551 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
552 p_ri = old_p_ri; | |
553 #endif | |
554 } | |
555 #endif | |
556 | |
557 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
558 /* | |
559 * Insert string "s" (b_insert ? before : after) block :AKelly | |
560 * Caller must prepare for undo. | |
561 */ | |
562 static void | |
563 block_insert(oap, s, b_insert, bdp) | |
564 oparg_T *oap; | |
565 char_u *s; | |
566 int b_insert; | |
567 struct block_def *bdp; | |
568 { | |
569 int p_ts; | |
570 int count = 0; /* extra spaces to replace a cut TAB */ | |
571 int spaces = 0; /* non-zero if cutting a TAB */ | |
572 colnr_T offset; /* pointer along new line */ | |
573 unsigned s_len; /* STRLEN(s) */ | |
574 char_u *newp, *oldp; /* new, old lines */ | |
575 linenr_T lnum; /* loop var */ | |
576 int oldstate = State; | |
577 | |
578 State = INSERT; /* don't want REPLACE for State */ | |
579 s_len = (unsigned)STRLEN(s); | |
580 | |
581 for (lnum = oap->start.lnum + 1; lnum <= oap->end.lnum; lnum++) | |
582 { | |
583 block_prep(oap, bdp, lnum, TRUE); | |
584 if (bdp->is_short && b_insert) | |
585 continue; /* OP_INSERT, line ends before block start */ | |
586 | |
587 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
588 | |
589 if (b_insert) | |
590 { | |
591 p_ts = bdp->start_char_vcols; | |
592 spaces = bdp->startspaces; | |
593 if (spaces != 0) | |
594 count = p_ts - 1; /* we're cutting a TAB */ | |
595 offset = bdp->textcol; | |
596 } | |
597 else /* append */ | |
598 { | |
599 p_ts = bdp->end_char_vcols; | |
600 if (!bdp->is_short) /* spaces = padding after block */ | |
601 { | |
602 spaces = (bdp->endspaces ? p_ts - bdp->endspaces : 0); | |
603 if (spaces != 0) | |
604 count = p_ts - 1; /* we're cutting a TAB */ | |
605 offset = bdp->textcol + bdp->textlen - (spaces != 0); | |
606 } | |
607 else /* spaces = padding to block edge */ | |
608 { | |
609 /* if $ used, just append to EOL (ie spaces==0) */ | |
610 if (!bdp->is_MAX) | |
611 spaces = (oap->end_vcol - bdp->end_vcol) + 1; | |
612 count = spaces; | |
613 offset = bdp->textcol + bdp->textlen; | |
614 } | |
615 } | |
616 | |
617 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp)) + s_len + count + 1); | |
618 if (newp == NULL) | |
619 continue; | |
620 | |
621 /* copy up to shifted part */ | |
622 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(offset)); | |
623 oldp += offset; | |
624 | |
625 /* insert pre-padding */ | |
626 copy_spaces(newp + offset, (size_t)spaces); | |
627 | |
628 /* copy the new text */ | |
629 mch_memmove(newp + offset + spaces, s, (size_t)s_len); | |
630 offset += s_len; | |
631 | |
632 if (spaces && !bdp->is_short) | |
633 { | |
634 /* insert post-padding */ | |
635 copy_spaces(newp + offset + spaces, (size_t)(p_ts - spaces)); | |
636 /* We're splitting a TAB, don't copy it. */ | |
637 oldp++; | |
638 /* We allowed for that TAB, remember this now */ | |
639 count++; | |
640 } | |
641 | |
642 if (spaces > 0) | |
643 offset += count; | |
1622 | 644 STRMOVE(newp + offset, oldp); |
7 | 645 |
646 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
647 | |
648 if (lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
649 { | |
650 /* Set "']" mark to the end of the block instead of the end of | |
651 * the insert in the first line. */ | |
652 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
653 curbuf->b_op_end.col = offset; | |
654 } | |
655 } /* for all lnum */ | |
656 | |
657 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum + 1, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
658 | |
659 State = oldstate; | |
660 } | |
661 #endif | |
662 | |
663 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
664 /* | |
665 * op_reindent - handle reindenting a block of lines. | |
666 */ | |
667 void | |
668 op_reindent(oap, how) | |
669 oparg_T *oap; | |
670 int (*how) __ARGS((void)); | |
671 { | |
672 long i; | |
673 char_u *l; | |
674 int count; | |
675 linenr_T first_changed = 0; | |
676 linenr_T last_changed = 0; | |
677 linenr_T start_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
678 | |
216 | 679 /* Don't even try when 'modifiable' is off. */ |
680 if (!curbuf->b_p_ma) | |
681 { | |
682 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); | |
683 return; | |
684 } | |
685 | |
7 | 686 for (i = oap->line_count; --i >= 0 && !got_int; ) |
687 { | |
688 /* it's a slow thing to do, so give feedback so there's no worry that | |
689 * the computer's just hung. */ | |
690 | |
691 if (i > 1 | |
692 && (i % 50 == 0 || i == oap->line_count - 1) | |
693 && oap->line_count > p_report) | |
694 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines to indent... "), i); | |
695 | |
696 /* | |
697 * Be vi-compatible: For lisp indenting the first line is not | |
698 * indented, unless there is only one line. | |
699 */ | |
700 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
701 if (i != oap->line_count - 1 || oap->line_count == 1 | |
702 || how != get_lisp_indent) | |
703 #endif | |
704 { | |
705 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
706 if (*l == NUL) /* empty or blank line */ | |
707 count = 0; | |
708 else | |
709 count = how(); /* get the indent for this line */ | |
710 | |
711 if (set_indent(count, SIN_UNDO)) | |
712 { | |
713 /* did change the indent, call changed_lines() later */ | |
714 if (first_changed == 0) | |
715 first_changed = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
716 last_changed = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
717 } | |
718 } | |
719 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1550 | 720 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* make sure it's valid */ |
7 | 721 } |
722 | |
723 /* put cursor on first non-blank of indented line */ | |
724 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum; | |
725 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
726 | |
727 /* Mark changed lines so that they will be redrawn. When Visual | |
728 * highlighting was present, need to continue until the last line. When | |
729 * there is no change still need to remove the Visual highlighting. */ | |
730 if (last_changed != 0) | |
731 changed_lines(first_changed, 0, | |
732 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
733 oap->is_VIsual ? start_lnum + oap->line_count : | |
734 #endif | |
735 last_changed + 1, 0L); | |
736 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
737 else if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
738 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
739 #endif | |
740 | |
741 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
742 { | |
743 i = oap->line_count - (i + 1); | |
744 if (i == 1) | |
745 MSG(_("1 line indented ")); | |
746 else | |
747 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines indented "), i); | |
748 } | |
749 /* set '[ and '] marks */ | |
750 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
751 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
752 } | |
753 #endif /* defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) */ | |
754 | |
755 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
756 /* | |
757 * Keep the last expression line here, for repeating. | |
758 */ | |
759 static char_u *expr_line = NULL; | |
760 | |
761 /* | |
762 * Get an expression for the "\"=expr1" or "CTRL-R =expr1" | |
763 * Returns '=' when OK, NUL otherwise. | |
764 */ | |
765 int | |
766 get_expr_register() | |
767 { | |
768 char_u *new_line; | |
769 | |
770 new_line = getcmdline('=', 0L, 0); | |
771 if (new_line == NULL) | |
772 return NUL; | |
773 if (*new_line == NUL) /* use previous line */ | |
774 vim_free(new_line); | |
775 else | |
776 set_expr_line(new_line); | |
777 return '='; | |
778 } | |
779 | |
780 /* | |
781 * Set the expression for the '=' register. | |
782 * Argument must be an allocated string. | |
783 */ | |
784 void | |
785 set_expr_line(new_line) | |
786 char_u *new_line; | |
787 { | |
788 vim_free(expr_line); | |
789 expr_line = new_line; | |
790 } | |
791 | |
792 /* | |
793 * Get the result of the '=' register expression. | |
794 * Returns a pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. | |
795 */ | |
796 char_u * | |
797 get_expr_line() | |
798 { | |
799 char_u *expr_copy; | |
800 char_u *rv; | |
994 | 801 static int nested = 0; |
7 | 802 |
803 if (expr_line == NULL) | |
804 return NULL; | |
805 | |
806 /* Make a copy of the expression, because evaluating it may cause it to be | |
807 * changed. */ | |
808 expr_copy = vim_strsave(expr_line); | |
809 if (expr_copy == NULL) | |
810 return NULL; | |
811 | |
994 | 812 /* When we are invoked recursively limit the evaluation to 10 levels. |
813 * Then return the string as-is. */ | |
814 if (nested >= 10) | |
815 return expr_copy; | |
816 | |
817 ++nested; | |
714 | 818 rv = eval_to_string(expr_copy, NULL, TRUE); |
994 | 819 --nested; |
7 | 820 vim_free(expr_copy); |
821 return rv; | |
822 } | |
283 | 823 |
824 /* | |
825 * Get the '=' register expression itself, without evaluating it. | |
826 */ | |
827 char_u * | |
828 get_expr_line_src() | |
829 { | |
830 if (expr_line == NULL) | |
831 return NULL; | |
832 return vim_strsave(expr_line); | |
833 } | |
7 | 834 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ |
835 | |
836 /* | |
837 * Check if 'regname' is a valid name of a yank register. | |
838 * Note: There is no check for 0 (default register), caller should do this | |
839 */ | |
840 int | |
841 valid_yank_reg(regname, writing) | |
842 int regname; | |
843 int writing; /* if TRUE check for writable registers */ | |
844 { | |
845 if ( (regname > 0 && ASCII_ISALNUM(regname)) | |
846 || (!writing && vim_strchr((char_u *) | |
847 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
848 "/.%#:=" | |
849 #else | |
850 "/.%#:" | |
851 #endif | |
852 , regname) != NULL) | |
853 || regname == '"' | |
854 || regname == '-' | |
855 || regname == '_' | |
856 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
857 || regname == '*' | |
858 || regname == '+' | |
859 #endif | |
860 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
861 || (!writing && regname == '~') | |
862 #endif | |
863 ) | |
864 return TRUE; | |
865 return FALSE; | |
866 } | |
867 | |
868 /* | |
869 * Set y_current and y_append, according to the value of "regname". | |
870 * Cannot handle the '_' register. | |
140 | 871 * Must only be called with a valid register name! |
7 | 872 * |
873 * If regname is 0 and writing, use register 0 | |
874 * If regname is 0 and reading, use previous register | |
875 */ | |
15 | 876 void |
7 | 877 get_yank_register(regname, writing) |
878 int regname; | |
879 int writing; | |
880 { | |
881 int i; | |
882 | |
883 y_append = FALSE; | |
884 if ((regname == 0 || regname == '"') && !writing && y_previous != NULL) | |
885 { | |
886 y_current = y_previous; | |
887 return; | |
888 } | |
889 i = regname; | |
890 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(i)) | |
891 i -= '0'; | |
892 else if (ASCII_ISLOWER(i)) | |
893 i = CharOrdLow(i) + 10; | |
894 else if (ASCII_ISUPPER(i)) | |
895 { | |
896 i = CharOrdUp(i) + 10; | |
897 y_append = TRUE; | |
898 } | |
899 else if (regname == '-') | |
900 i = DELETION_REGISTER; | |
901 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
902 /* When selection is not available, use register 0 instead of '*' */ | |
903 else if (clip_star.available && regname == '*') | |
904 i = STAR_REGISTER; | |
905 /* When clipboard is not available, use register 0 instead of '+' */ | |
906 else if (clip_plus.available && regname == '+') | |
907 i = PLUS_REGISTER; | |
908 #endif | |
909 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
910 else if (!writing && regname == '~') | |
911 i = TILDE_REGISTER; | |
912 #endif | |
913 else /* not 0-9, a-z, A-Z or '-': use register 0 */ | |
914 i = 0; | |
915 y_current = &(y_regs[i]); | |
916 if (writing) /* remember the register we write into for do_put() */ | |
917 y_previous = y_current; | |
918 } | |
919 | |
15 | 920 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 921 /* |
922 * When "regname" is a clipboard register, obtain the selection. If it's not | |
923 * available return zero, otherwise return "regname". | |
924 */ | |
15 | 925 int |
7 | 926 may_get_selection(regname) |
927 int regname; | |
928 { | |
929 if (regname == '*') | |
930 { | |
931 if (!clip_star.available) | |
932 regname = 0; | |
933 else | |
934 clip_get_selection(&clip_star); | |
935 } | |
936 else if (regname == '+') | |
937 { | |
938 if (!clip_plus.available) | |
939 regname = 0; | |
940 else | |
941 clip_get_selection(&clip_plus); | |
942 } | |
943 return regname; | |
944 } | |
945 #endif | |
946 | |
947 #if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
948 /* | |
949 * Obtain the contents of a "normal" register. The register is made empty. | |
950 * The returned pointer has allocated memory, use put_register() later. | |
951 */ | |
952 void * | |
953 get_register(name, copy) | |
954 int name; | |
955 int copy; /* make a copy, if FALSE make register empty. */ | |
956 { | |
1451 | 957 struct yankreg *reg; |
958 int i; | |
7 | 959 |
960 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
961 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. Obtain the | |
962 * selection too. */ | |
1435 | 963 if (name == '*' && clip_star.available) |
7 | 964 { |
3674 | 965 if (clip_isautosel_star()) |
966 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
967 may_get_selection(name); | |
968 } | |
969 if (name == '+' && clip_plus.available) | |
970 { | |
971 if (clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
972 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
7 | 973 may_get_selection(name); |
974 } | |
975 #endif | |
976 | |
977 get_yank_register(name, 0); | |
978 reg = (struct yankreg *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct yankreg)); | |
979 if (reg != NULL) | |
980 { | |
981 *reg = *y_current; | |
982 if (copy) | |
983 { | |
984 /* If we run out of memory some or all of the lines are empty. */ | |
985 if (reg->y_size == 0) | |
986 reg->y_array = NULL; | |
987 else | |
988 reg->y_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(char_u *) | |
989 * reg->y_size)); | |
990 if (reg->y_array != NULL) | |
991 { | |
992 for (i = 0; i < reg->y_size; ++i) | |
993 reg->y_array[i] = vim_strsave(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
994 } | |
995 } | |
996 else | |
997 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
998 } | |
999 return (void *)reg; | |
1000 } | |
1001 | |
1002 /* | |
1451 | 1003 * Put "reg" into register "name". Free any previous contents and "reg". |
7 | 1004 */ |
1005 void | |
1006 put_register(name, reg) | |
1007 int name; | |
1008 void *reg; | |
1009 { | |
1010 get_yank_register(name, 0); | |
1011 free_yank_all(); | |
1012 *y_current = *(struct yankreg *)reg; | |
1451 | 1013 vim_free(reg); |
7 | 1014 |
1015 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1016 /* Send text written to clipboard register to the clipboard. */ | |
1017 may_set_selection(); | |
1018 # endif | |
1019 } | |
4209 | 1020 |
1021 void | |
1022 free_register(reg) | |
1023 void *reg; | |
1024 { | |
1025 struct yankreg tmp; | |
1026 | |
1027 tmp = *y_current; | |
1028 *y_current = *(struct yankreg *)reg; | |
1029 free_yank_all(); | |
1030 vim_free(reg); | |
1031 *y_current = tmp; | |
1032 } | |
7 | 1033 #endif |
1034 | |
1035 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) | |
1036 /* | |
1037 * return TRUE if the current yank register has type MLINE | |
1038 */ | |
1039 int | |
1040 yank_register_mline(regname) | |
1041 int regname; | |
1042 { | |
1043 if (regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
1044 return FALSE; | |
1045 if (regname == '_') /* black hole is always empty */ | |
1046 return FALSE; | |
1047 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1048 return (y_current->y_type == MLINE); | |
1049 } | |
1050 #endif | |
1051 | |
1052 /* | |
1157 | 1053 * Start or stop recording into a yank register. |
7 | 1054 * |
1157 | 1055 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. |
7 | 1056 */ |
1057 int | |
1058 do_record(c) | |
1059 int c; | |
1060 { | |
1157 | 1061 char_u *p; |
1062 static int regname; | |
1063 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
1064 int retval; | |
7 | 1065 |
1066 if (Recording == FALSE) /* start recording */ | |
1067 { | |
1068 /* registers 0-9, a-z and " are allowed */ | |
1069 if (c < 0 || (!ASCII_ISALNUM(c) && c != '"')) | |
1070 retval = FAIL; | |
1071 else | |
1072 { | |
1073 Recording = TRUE; | |
1074 showmode(); | |
1075 regname = c; | |
1076 retval = OK; | |
1077 } | |
1078 } | |
1079 else /* stop recording */ | |
1080 { | |
1081 /* | |
1157 | 1082 * Get the recorded key hits. K_SPECIAL and CSI will be escaped, this |
1083 * needs to be removed again to put it in a register. exec_reg then | |
1084 * adds the escaping back later. | |
7 | 1085 */ |
1086 Recording = FALSE; | |
1087 MSG(""); | |
1088 p = get_recorded(); | |
1089 if (p == NULL) | |
1090 retval = FAIL; | |
1091 else | |
1092 { | |
1081 | 1093 /* Remove escaping for CSI and K_SPECIAL in multi-byte chars. */ |
1094 vim_unescape_csi(p); | |
1095 | |
7 | 1096 /* |
1097 * We don't want to change the default register here, so save and | |
1098 * restore the current register name. | |
1099 */ | |
1100 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
1101 old_y_current = y_current; | |
1102 | |
1103 retval = stuff_yank(regname, p); | |
1104 | |
1105 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
1106 y_current = old_y_current; | |
1107 } | |
1108 } | |
1109 return retval; | |
1110 } | |
1111 | |
1112 /* | |
1113 * Stuff string "p" into yank register "regname" as a single line (append if | |
1114 * uppercase). "p" must have been alloced. | |
1115 * | |
1116 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1117 */ | |
1118 static int | |
1119 stuff_yank(regname, p) | |
1120 int regname; | |
1121 char_u *p; | |
1122 { | |
1123 char_u *lp; | |
1124 char_u **pp; | |
1125 | |
1126 /* check for read-only register */ | |
1127 if (regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(regname, TRUE)) | |
1128 { | |
1129 vim_free(p); | |
1130 return FAIL; | |
1131 } | |
1132 if (regname == '_') /* black hole: don't do anything */ | |
1133 { | |
1134 vim_free(p); | |
1135 return OK; | |
1136 } | |
1137 get_yank_register(regname, TRUE); | |
1138 if (y_append && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
1139 { | |
1140 pp = &(y_current->y_array[y_current->y_size - 1]); | |
1141 lp = lalloc((long_u)(STRLEN(*pp) + STRLEN(p) + 1), TRUE); | |
1142 if (lp == NULL) | |
1143 { | |
1144 vim_free(p); | |
1145 return FAIL; | |
1146 } | |
1147 STRCPY(lp, *pp); | |
1148 STRCAT(lp, p); | |
1149 vim_free(p); | |
1150 vim_free(*pp); | |
1151 *pp = lp; | |
1152 } | |
1153 else | |
1154 { | |
1155 free_yank_all(); | |
1156 if ((y_current->y_array = | |
1157 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *))) == NULL) | |
1158 { | |
1159 vim_free(p); | |
1160 return FAIL; | |
1161 } | |
1162 y_current->y_array[0] = p; | |
1163 y_current->y_size = 1; | |
1164 y_current->y_type = MCHAR; /* used to be MLINE, why? */ | |
1165 } | |
1166 return OK; | |
1167 } | |
1168 | |
1893 | 1169 static int execreg_lastc = NUL; |
1170 | |
7 | 1171 /* |
1172 * execute a yank register: copy it into the stuff buffer | |
1173 * | |
1174 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1175 */ | |
1176 int | |
1034 | 1177 do_execreg(regname, colon, addcr, silent) |
7 | 1178 int regname; |
1179 int colon; /* insert ':' before each line */ | |
1180 int addcr; /* always add '\n' to end of line */ | |
1034 | 1181 int silent; /* set "silent" flag in typeahead buffer */ |
7 | 1182 { |
1183 long i; | |
1184 char_u *p; | |
1185 int retval = OK; | |
1186 int remap; | |
1187 | |
1188 if (regname == '@') /* repeat previous one */ | |
168 | 1189 { |
1893 | 1190 if (execreg_lastc == NUL) |
168 | 1191 { |
1192 EMSG(_("E748: No previously used register")); | |
1193 return FAIL; | |
1194 } | |
1893 | 1195 regname = execreg_lastc; |
168 | 1196 } |
7 | 1197 /* check for valid regname */ |
1198 if (regname == '%' || regname == '#' || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
168 | 1199 { |
1200 emsg_invreg(regname); | |
7 | 1201 return FAIL; |
168 | 1202 } |
1893 | 1203 execreg_lastc = regname; |
7 | 1204 |
1205 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1206 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
1207 #endif | |
1208 | |
1209 if (regname == '_') /* black hole: don't stuff anything */ | |
1210 return OK; | |
1211 | |
1212 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
1213 if (regname == ':') /* use last command line */ | |
1214 { | |
1215 if (last_cmdline == NULL) | |
1216 { | |
1217 EMSG(_(e_nolastcmd)); | |
1218 return FAIL; | |
1219 } | |
1220 vim_free(new_last_cmdline); /* don't keep the cmdline containing @: */ | |
1221 new_last_cmdline = NULL; | |
16 | 1222 /* Escape all control characters with a CTRL-V */ |
1223 p = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(last_cmdline, | |
20 | 1224 (char_u *)"\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037", Ctrl_V, FALSE); |
16 | 1225 if (p != NULL) |
480 | 1226 { |
1227 /* When in Visual mode "'<,'>" will be prepended to the command. | |
1228 * Remove it when it's already there. */ | |
1229 if (VIsual_active && STRNCMP(p, "'<,'>", 5) == 0) | |
1077 | 1230 retval = put_in_typebuf(p + 5, TRUE, TRUE, silent); |
480 | 1231 else |
1077 | 1232 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, TRUE, TRUE, silent); |
480 | 1233 } |
16 | 1234 vim_free(p); |
7 | 1235 } |
1236 #endif | |
1237 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1238 else if (regname == '=') | |
1239 { | |
1240 p = get_expr_line(); | |
1241 if (p == NULL) | |
1242 return FAIL; | |
1077 | 1243 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, TRUE, colon, silent); |
7 | 1244 vim_free(p); |
1245 } | |
1246 #endif | |
1247 else if (regname == '.') /* use last inserted text */ | |
1248 { | |
1249 p = get_last_insert_save(); | |
1250 if (p == NULL) | |
1251 { | |
1252 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
1253 return FAIL; | |
1254 } | |
1077 | 1255 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, FALSE, colon, silent); |
7 | 1256 vim_free(p); |
1257 } | |
1258 else | |
1259 { | |
1260 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1261 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1262 return FAIL; | |
1263 | |
1264 /* Disallow remaping for ":@r". */ | |
1265 remap = colon ? REMAP_NONE : REMAP_YES; | |
1266 | |
1267 /* | |
1268 * Insert lines into typeahead buffer, from last one to first one. | |
1269 */ | |
1034 | 1270 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent); |
7 | 1271 for (i = y_current->y_size; --i >= 0; ) |
1272 { | |
1077 | 1273 char_u *escaped; |
1274 | |
7 | 1275 /* insert NL between lines and after last line if type is MLINE */ |
1276 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1 | |
1277 || addcr) | |
1278 { | |
1034 | 1279 if (ins_typebuf((char_u *)"\n", remap, 0, TRUE, silent) == FAIL) |
7 | 1280 return FAIL; |
1281 } | |
1077 | 1282 escaped = vim_strsave_escape_csi(y_current->y_array[i]); |
1283 if (escaped == NULL) | |
1284 return FAIL; | |
1285 retval = ins_typebuf(escaped, remap, 0, TRUE, silent); | |
1286 vim_free(escaped); | |
1287 if (retval == FAIL) | |
7 | 1288 return FAIL; |
1034 | 1289 if (colon && ins_typebuf((char_u *)":", remap, 0, TRUE, silent) |
7 | 1290 == FAIL) |
1291 return FAIL; | |
1292 } | |
1293 Exec_reg = TRUE; /* disable the 'q' command */ | |
1294 } | |
1295 return retval; | |
1296 } | |
1297 | |
1298 /* | |
1299 * If "restart_edit" is not zero, put it in the typeahead buffer, so that it's | |
1300 * used only after other typeahead has been processed. | |
1301 */ | |
1302 static void | |
1034 | 1303 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent) |
1304 int silent; | |
7 | 1305 { |
1306 char_u buf[3]; | |
1307 | |
1308 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
1309 { | |
1310 if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
1311 { | |
1312 buf[0] = 'g'; | |
1313 buf[1] = 'R'; | |
1314 buf[2] = NUL; | |
1315 } | |
1316 else | |
1317 { | |
1318 buf[0] = restart_edit == 'I' ? 'i' : restart_edit; | |
1319 buf[1] = NUL; | |
1320 } | |
1034 | 1321 if (ins_typebuf(buf, REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent) == OK) |
7 | 1322 restart_edit = NUL; |
1323 } | |
1324 } | |
1325 | |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1326 /* |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1327 * Insert register contents "s" into the typeahead buffer, so that it will be |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1328 * executed again. |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1329 * When "esc" is TRUE it is to be taken literally: Escape CSI characters and |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1330 * no remapping. |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1331 */ |
7 | 1332 static int |
1077 | 1333 put_in_typebuf(s, esc, colon, silent) |
7 | 1334 char_u *s; |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1335 int esc; |
7 | 1336 int colon; /* add ':' before the line */ |
1034 | 1337 int silent; |
7 | 1338 { |
1339 int retval = OK; | |
1340 | |
1034 | 1341 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent); |
7 | 1342 if (colon) |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1343 retval = ins_typebuf((char_u *)"\n", REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent); |
7 | 1344 if (retval == OK) |
1077 | 1345 { |
1346 char_u *p; | |
1347 | |
1348 if (esc) | |
1349 p = vim_strsave_escape_csi(s); | |
1350 else | |
1351 p = s; | |
1352 if (p == NULL) | |
1353 retval = FAIL; | |
1354 else | |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1355 retval = ins_typebuf(p, esc ? REMAP_NONE : REMAP_YES, |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1356 0, TRUE, silent); |
1077 | 1357 if (esc) |
1358 vim_free(p); | |
1359 } | |
7 | 1360 if (colon && retval == OK) |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1361 retval = ins_typebuf((char_u *)":", REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent); |
7 | 1362 return retval; |
1363 } | |
1364 | |
1365 /* | |
1366 * Insert a yank register: copy it into the Read buffer. | |
1367 * Used by CTRL-R command and middle mouse button in insert mode. | |
1368 * | |
1369 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1370 */ | |
1371 int | |
1372 insert_reg(regname, literally) | |
1373 int regname; | |
1374 int literally; /* insert literally, not as if typed */ | |
1375 { | |
1376 long i; | |
1377 int retval = OK; | |
1378 char_u *arg; | |
1379 int allocated; | |
1380 | |
1381 /* | |
1382 * It is possible to get into an endless loop by having CTRL-R a in | |
1383 * register a and then, in insert mode, doing CTRL-R a. | |
1384 * If you hit CTRL-C, the loop will be broken here. | |
1385 */ | |
1386 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1387 if (got_int) | |
1388 return FAIL; | |
1389 | |
1390 /* check for valid regname */ | |
1391 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
1392 return FAIL; | |
1393 | |
1394 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1395 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
1396 #endif | |
1397 | |
1398 if (regname == '.') /* insert last inserted text */ | |
1399 retval = stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, TRUE); | |
1400 else if (get_spec_reg(regname, &arg, &allocated, TRUE)) | |
1401 { | |
1402 if (arg == NULL) | |
1403 return FAIL; | |
1404 stuffescaped(arg, literally); | |
1405 if (allocated) | |
1406 vim_free(arg); | |
1407 } | |
1408 else /* name or number register */ | |
1409 { | |
1410 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1411 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1412 retval = FAIL; | |
1413 else | |
1414 { | |
1415 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
1416 { | |
1417 stuffescaped(y_current->y_array[i], literally); | |
1418 /* | |
1419 * Insert a newline between lines and after last line if | |
1420 * y_type is MLINE. | |
1421 */ | |
1422 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
1423 stuffcharReadbuff('\n'); | |
1424 } | |
1425 } | |
1426 } | |
1427 | |
1428 return retval; | |
1429 } | |
1430 | |
1431 /* | |
1432 * Stuff a string into the typeahead buffer, such that edit() will insert it | |
1433 * literally ("literally" TRUE) or interpret is as typed characters. | |
1434 */ | |
1435 static void | |
1436 stuffescaped(arg, literally) | |
1437 char_u *arg; | |
1438 int literally; | |
1439 { | |
1440 int c; | |
1441 char_u *start; | |
1442 | |
1443 while (*arg != NUL) | |
1444 { | |
1445 /* Stuff a sequence of normal ASCII characters, that's fast. Also | |
1446 * stuff K_SPECIAL to get the effect of a special key when "literally" | |
1447 * is TRUE. */ | |
1448 start = arg; | |
1449 while ((*arg >= ' ' | |
1450 #ifndef EBCDIC | |
1451 && *arg < DEL /* EBCDIC: chars above space are normal */ | |
1452 #endif | |
1453 ) | |
1454 || (*arg == K_SPECIAL && !literally)) | |
1455 ++arg; | |
1456 if (arg > start) | |
1457 stuffReadbuffLen(start, (long)(arg - start)); | |
1458 | |
1459 /* stuff a single special character */ | |
1460 if (*arg != NUL) | |
1461 { | |
1462 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1463 if (has_mbyte) | |
2446
348f64c129df
Fixed: CTRL-R in Insert mode doesn't insert composing characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
1464 c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&arg); |
7 | 1465 else |
1466 #endif | |
1467 c = *arg++; | |
1468 if (literally && ((c < ' ' && c != TAB) || c == DEL)) | |
1469 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_V); | |
1470 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
1471 } | |
1472 } | |
1473 } | |
1474 | |
1475 /* | |
1157 | 1476 * If "regname" is a special register, return TRUE and store a pointer to its |
1477 * value in "argp". | |
7 | 1478 */ |
15 | 1479 int |
7 | 1480 get_spec_reg(regname, argp, allocated, errmsg) |
1481 int regname; | |
1482 char_u **argp; | |
1157 | 1483 int *allocated; /* return: TRUE when value was allocated */ |
7 | 1484 int errmsg; /* give error message when failing */ |
1485 { | |
1486 int cnt; | |
1487 | |
1488 *argp = NULL; | |
1489 *allocated = FALSE; | |
1490 switch (regname) | |
1491 { | |
1492 case '%': /* file name */ | |
1493 if (errmsg) | |
1494 check_fname(); /* will give emsg if not set */ | |
1495 *argp = curbuf->b_fname; | |
1496 return TRUE; | |
1497 | |
1498 case '#': /* alternate file name */ | |
1499 *argp = getaltfname(errmsg); /* may give emsg if not set */ | |
1500 return TRUE; | |
1501 | |
1502 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1503 case '=': /* result of expression */ | |
1504 *argp = get_expr_line(); | |
1505 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1506 return TRUE; | |
1507 #endif | |
1508 | |
1509 case ':': /* last command line */ | |
1510 if (last_cmdline == NULL && errmsg) | |
1511 EMSG(_(e_nolastcmd)); | |
1512 *argp = last_cmdline; | |
1513 return TRUE; | |
1514 | |
1515 case '/': /* last search-pattern */ | |
1516 if (last_search_pat() == NULL && errmsg) | |
1517 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); | |
1518 *argp = last_search_pat(); | |
1519 return TRUE; | |
1520 | |
1521 case '.': /* last inserted text */ | |
1522 *argp = get_last_insert_save(); | |
1523 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1524 if (*argp == NULL && errmsg) | |
1525 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
1526 return TRUE; | |
1527 | |
1528 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
1529 case Ctrl_F: /* Filename under cursor */ | |
1530 case Ctrl_P: /* Path under cursor, expand via "path" */ | |
1531 if (!errmsg) | |
1532 return FALSE; | |
1533 *argp = file_name_at_cursor(FNAME_MESS | FNAME_HYP | |
681 | 1534 | (regname == Ctrl_P ? FNAME_EXP : 0), 1L, NULL); |
7 | 1535 *allocated = TRUE; |
1536 return TRUE; | |
1537 #endif | |
1538 | |
1539 case Ctrl_W: /* word under cursor */ | |
1540 case Ctrl_A: /* WORD (mnemonic All) under cursor */ | |
1541 if (!errmsg) | |
1542 return FALSE; | |
1543 cnt = find_ident_under_cursor(argp, regname == Ctrl_W | |
1544 ? (FIND_IDENT|FIND_STRING) : FIND_STRING); | |
1545 *argp = cnt ? vim_strnsave(*argp, cnt) : NULL; | |
1546 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1547 return TRUE; | |
1548 | |
1549 case '_': /* black hole: always empty */ | |
1550 *argp = (char_u *)""; | |
1551 return TRUE; | |
1552 } | |
1553 | |
1554 return FALSE; | |
1555 } | |
1556 | |
1557 /* | |
15 | 1558 * Paste a yank register into the command line. |
1559 * Only for non-special registers. | |
1560 * Used by CTRL-R command in command-line mode | |
7 | 1561 * insert_reg() can't be used here, because special characters from the |
1562 * register contents will be interpreted as commands. | |
1563 * | |
1564 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1565 */ | |
1566 int | |
1015 | 1567 cmdline_paste_reg(regname, literally, remcr) |
7 | 1568 int regname; |
1569 int literally; /* Insert text literally instead of "as typed" */ | |
1015 | 1570 int remcr; /* don't add trailing CR */ |
7 | 1571 { |
1572 long i; | |
1573 | |
1574 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1575 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1576 return FAIL; | |
1577 | |
1578 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
1579 { | |
1580 cmdline_paste_str(y_current->y_array[i], literally); | |
1581 | |
1015 | 1582 /* Insert ^M between lines and after last line if type is MLINE. |
1583 * Don't do this when "remcr" is TRUE and the next line is empty. */ | |
1584 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE | |
1585 || (i < y_current->y_size - 1 | |
1586 && !(remcr | |
1587 && i == y_current->y_size - 2 | |
1588 && *y_current->y_array[i + 1] == NUL))) | |
7 | 1589 cmdline_paste_str((char_u *)"\r", literally); |
1590 | |
1591 /* Check for CTRL-C, in case someone tries to paste a few thousand | |
1592 * lines and gets bored. */ | |
1593 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1594 if (got_int) | |
1595 return FAIL; | |
1596 } | |
1597 return OK; | |
1598 } | |
1599 | |
1600 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) | |
1601 /* | |
1602 * Adjust the register name pointed to with "rp" for the clipboard being | |
1603 * used always and the clipboard being available. | |
1604 */ | |
1605 void | |
1606 adjust_clip_reg(rp) | |
1607 int *rp; | |
1608 { | |
2654 | 1609 /* If no reg. specified, and "unnamed" or "unnamedplus" is in 'clipboard', |
1610 * use '*' or '+' reg, respectively. "unnamedplus" prevails. */ | |
1611 if (*rp == 0 && clip_unnamed != 0) | |
1612 *rp = ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS) && clip_plus.available) | |
1613 ? '+' : '*'; | |
7 | 1614 if (!clip_star.available && *rp == '*') |
1615 *rp = 0; | |
1616 if (!clip_plus.available && *rp == '+') | |
1617 *rp = 0; | |
1618 } | |
1619 #endif | |
1620 | |
1621 /* | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1622 * Handle a delete operation. |
7 | 1623 * |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1624 * Return FAIL if undo failed, OK otherwise. |
7 | 1625 */ |
1626 int | |
1627 op_delete(oap) | |
1628 oparg_T *oap; | |
1629 { | |
1630 int n; | |
1631 linenr_T lnum; | |
1632 char_u *ptr; | |
1633 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
1634 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
1635 struct block_def bd; | |
1636 #endif | |
1637 linenr_T old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1638 int did_yank = FALSE; | |
3782 | 1639 int orig_regname = oap->regname; |
7 | 1640 |
1641 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to do */ | |
1642 return OK; | |
1643 | |
1644 /* Nothing to delete, return here. Do prepare undo, for op_change(). */ | |
1645 if (oap->empty) | |
1646 return u_save_cursor(); | |
1647 | |
1648 if (!curbuf->b_p_ma) | |
1649 { | |
1650 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); | |
1651 return FAIL; | |
1652 } | |
1653 | |
1654 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1655 adjust_clip_reg(&oap->regname); | |
1656 #endif | |
1657 | |
1658 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1659 if (has_mbyte) | |
1660 mb_adjust_opend(oap); | |
1661 #endif | |
1662 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1663 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1664 * Imitate the strange Vi behaviour: If the delete spans more than one |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1665 * line and motion_type == MCHAR and the result is a blank line, make the |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1666 * delete linewise. Don't do this for the change command or Visual mode. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1667 */ |
7 | 1668 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
1669 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
1670 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
50 | 1671 && !oap->block_mode |
7 | 1672 #endif |
1673 && oap->line_count > 1 | |
3254 | 1674 && oap->motion_force == NUL |
7 | 1675 && oap->op_type == OP_DELETE) |
1676 { | |
2957 | 1677 ptr = ml_get(oap->end.lnum) + oap->end.col; |
1678 if (*ptr != NUL) | |
1679 ptr += oap->inclusive; | |
7 | 1680 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); |
1681 if (*ptr == NUL && inindent(0)) | |
1682 oap->motion_type = MLINE; | |
1683 } | |
1684 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1685 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1686 * Check for trying to delete (e.g. "D") in an empty line. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1687 * Note: For the change operator it is ok. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1688 */ |
7 | 1689 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
1690 && oap->line_count == 1 | |
1691 && oap->op_type == OP_DELETE | |
1692 && *ml_get(oap->start.lnum) == NUL) | |
1693 { | |
1694 /* | |
446 | 1695 * It's an error to operate on an empty region, when 'E' included in |
7 | 1696 * 'cpoptions' (Vi compatible). |
1697 */ | |
446 | 1698 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
1699 if (virtual_op) | |
1700 /* Virtual editing: Nothing gets deleted, but we set the '[ and '] | |
1701 * marks as if it happened. */ | |
1702 goto setmarks; | |
1703 #endif | |
7 | 1704 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_EMPTYREGION) != NULL) |
1705 beep_flush(); | |
1706 return OK; | |
1707 } | |
1708 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1709 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1710 * Do a yank of whatever we're about to delete. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1711 * If a yank register was specified, put the deleted text into that |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1712 * register. For the black hole register '_' don't yank anything. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1713 */ |
7 | 1714 if (oap->regname != '_') |
1715 { | |
1716 if (oap->regname != 0) | |
1717 { | |
1718 /* check for read-only register */ | |
1719 if (!valid_yank_reg(oap->regname, TRUE)) | |
1720 { | |
1721 beep_flush(); | |
1722 return OK; | |
1723 } | |
1724 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); /* yank into specif'd reg. */ | |
1725 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) /* yank without message */ | |
1726 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1727 } | |
1728 | |
1729 /* | |
1730 * Put deleted text into register 1 and shift number registers if the | |
1731 * delete contains a line break, or when a regname has been specified. | |
3782 | 1732 * Use the register name from before adjust_clip_reg() may have |
1733 * changed it. | |
7 | 1734 */ |
3782 | 1735 if (orig_regname != 0 || oap->motion_type == MLINE |
7 | 1736 || oap->line_count > 1 || oap->use_reg_one) |
1737 { | |
1738 y_current = &y_regs[9]; | |
1739 free_yank_all(); /* free register nine */ | |
1740 for (n = 9; n > 1; --n) | |
1741 y_regs[n] = y_regs[n - 1]; | |
1742 y_previous = y_current = &y_regs[1]; | |
1743 y_regs[1].y_array = NULL; /* set register one to empty */ | |
1744 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) | |
1745 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1746 } | |
1747 | |
3468 | 1748 /* Yank into small delete register when no named register specified |
1749 * and the delete is within one line. */ | |
1750 if (( | |
1751 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3584 | 1752 ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED) && oap->regname == '*') || |
1753 ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS) && oap->regname == '+') || | |
3468 | 1754 #endif |
1755 oap->regname == 0) && oap->motion_type != MLINE | |
7 | 1756 && oap->line_count == 1) |
1757 { | |
1758 oap->regname = '-'; | |
1759 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); | |
1760 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) | |
1761 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1762 oap->regname = 0; | |
1763 } | |
1764 | |
1765 /* | |
1766 * If there's too much stuff to fit in the yank register, then get a | |
1767 * confirmation before doing the delete. This is crude, but simple. | |
1768 * And it avoids doing a delete of something we can't put back if we | |
1769 * want. | |
1770 */ | |
1771 if (!did_yank) | |
1772 { | |
1773 int msg_silent_save = msg_silent; | |
1774 | |
1775 msg_silent = 0; /* must display the prompt */ | |
1776 n = ask_yesno((char_u *)_("cannot yank; delete anyway"), TRUE); | |
1777 msg_silent = msg_silent_save; | |
1778 if (n != 'y') | |
1779 { | |
1780 EMSG(_(e_abort)); | |
1781 return FAIL; | |
1782 } | |
1783 } | |
1784 } | |
1785 | |
1786 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1787 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1788 * block mode delete |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1789 */ |
7 | 1790 if (oap->block_mode) |
1791 { | |
1792 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
1793 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1794 return FAIL; | |
1795 | |
1796 for (lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++lnum) | |
1797 { | |
1798 block_prep(oap, &bd, lnum, TRUE); | |
1799 if (bd.textlen == 0) /* nothing to delete */ | |
1800 continue; | |
1801 | |
1802 /* Adjust cursor position for tab replaced by spaces and 'lbr'. */ | |
1803 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
1804 { | |
1805 curwin->w_cursor.col = bd.textcol + bd.startspaces; | |
1806 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1807 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
1808 # endif | |
1809 } | |
1810 | |
1811 /* n == number of chars deleted | |
1812 * If we delete a TAB, it may be replaced by several characters. | |
1813 * Thus the number of characters may increase! | |
1814 */ | |
1815 n = bd.textlen - bd.startspaces - bd.endspaces; | |
1816 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
1817 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)STRLEN(oldp) + 1 - n); | |
1818 if (newp == NULL) | |
1819 continue; | |
1820 /* copy up to deleted part */ | |
1821 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
1822 /* insert spaces */ | |
1823 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol, | |
1824 (size_t)(bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces)); | |
1825 /* copy the part after the deleted part */ | |
1826 oldp += bd.textcol + bd.textlen; | |
1622 | 1827 STRMOVE(newp + bd.textcol + bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces, oldp); |
7 | 1828 /* replace the line */ |
1829 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
1830 } | |
1831 | |
1832 check_cursor_col(); | |
1833 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
1834 oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
1835 oap->line_count = 0; /* no lines deleted */ | |
1836 } | |
1837 else | |
1838 #endif | |
1839 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
1840 { | |
1841 if (oap->op_type == OP_CHANGE) | |
1842 { | |
1843 /* Delete the lines except the first one. Temporarily move the | |
1844 * cursor to the next line. Save the current line number, if the | |
1845 * last line is deleted it may be changed. | |
1846 */ | |
1847 if (oap->line_count > 1) | |
1848 { | |
1849 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1850 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1851 del_lines((long)(oap->line_count - 1), TRUE); | |
1852 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
1853 } | |
1854 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
1855 return FAIL; | |
1856 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) /* don't delete indent */ | |
1857 { | |
1858 beginline(BL_WHITE); /* cursor on first non-white */ | |
1859 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent when ESC hit */ | |
1860 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1861 } | |
1862 else | |
1863 beginline(0); /* cursor in column 0 */ | |
1864 truncate_line(FALSE); /* delete the rest of the line */ | |
1865 /* leave cursor past last char in line */ | |
1866 if (oap->line_count > 1) | |
1867 u_clearline(); /* "U" command not possible after "2cc" */ | |
1868 } | |
1869 else | |
1870 { | |
1871 del_lines(oap->line_count, TRUE); | |
1872 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
1873 u_clearline(); /* "U" command not possible after "dd" */ | |
1874 } | |
1875 } | |
1876 else | |
1877 { | |
1878 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1879 if (virtual_op) | |
1880 { | |
1881 int endcol = 0; | |
1882 | |
1883 /* For virtualedit: break the tabs that are partly included. */ | |
1884 if (gchar_pos(&oap->start) == '\t') | |
1885 { | |
1886 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) /* save first line for undo */ | |
1887 return FAIL; | |
1888 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
1889 endcol = getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd); | |
1890 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd)); | |
1891 oap->start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1892 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
1893 { | |
1894 coladvance(endcol); | |
1895 oap->end.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1896 oap->end.coladd = curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
1897 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
1898 } | |
1899 } | |
1900 | |
1901 /* Break a tab only when it's included in the area. */ | |
1902 if (gchar_pos(&oap->end) == '\t' | |
1903 && (int)oap->end.coladd < oap->inclusive) | |
1904 { | |
1905 /* save last line for undo */ | |
1906 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum - 1), | |
1907 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1908 return FAIL; | |
1909 curwin->w_cursor = oap->end; | |
1910 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd)); | |
1911 oap->end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1912 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
1913 } | |
1914 } | |
1915 #endif | |
1916 | |
1917 if (oap->line_count == 1) /* delete characters within one line */ | |
1918 { | |
1919 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) /* save line for undo */ | |
1920 return FAIL; | |
1921 | |
1922 /* if 'cpoptions' contains '$', display '$' at end of change */ | |
1923 if ( vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOLLAR) != NULL | |
1924 && oap->op_type == OP_CHANGE | |
1925 && oap->end.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
1926 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
1927 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
1928 #endif | |
1929 ) | |
1930 display_dollar(oap->end.col - !oap->inclusive); | |
1931 | |
1932 n = oap->end.col - oap->start.col + 1 - !oap->inclusive; | |
1933 | |
1934 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1935 if (virtual_op) | |
1936 { | |
1937 /* fix up things for virtualedit-delete: | |
1938 * break the tabs which are going to get in our way | |
1939 */ | |
1940 char_u *curline = ml_get_curline(); | |
1941 int len = (int)STRLEN(curline); | |
1942 | |
1943 if (oap->end.coladd != 0 | |
1944 && (int)oap->end.col >= len - 1 | |
1945 && !(oap->start.coladd && (int)oap->end.col >= len - 1)) | |
1946 n++; | |
1947 /* Delete at least one char (e.g, when on a control char). */ | |
1948 if (n == 0 && oap->start.coladd != oap->end.coladd) | |
1949 n = 1; | |
1950 | |
1951 /* When deleted a char in the line, reset coladd. */ | |
1952 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
1953 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
1954 } | |
1955 #endif | |
3093 | 1956 if (oap->op_type == OP_DELETE |
1957 && oap->inclusive | |
1958 && oap->end.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
2957 | 1959 && n > (int)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum))) |
1960 { | |
1961 /* Special case: gH<Del> deletes the last line. */ | |
1962 del_lines(1L, FALSE); | |
1963 } | |
1964 else | |
1965 { | |
1966 (void)del_bytes((long)n, !virtual_op, oap->op_type == OP_DELETE | |
613 | 1967 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
1968 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
1969 #endif | |
1970 ); | |
2957 | 1971 } |
7 | 1972 } |
1973 else /* delete characters between lines */ | |
1974 { | |
1975 pos_T curpos; | |
3372 | 1976 int delete_last_line; |
7 | 1977 |
1978 /* save deleted and changed lines for undo */ | |
1979 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), | |
1980 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + oap->line_count)) == FAIL) | |
1981 return FAIL; | |
1982 | |
3372 | 1983 delete_last_line = (oap->end.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count); |
7 | 1984 truncate_line(TRUE); /* delete from cursor to end of line */ |
1985 | |
1986 curpos = curwin->w_cursor; /* remember curwin->w_cursor */ | |
1987 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1988 del_lines((long)(oap->line_count - 2), FALSE); | |
1989 | |
3400 | 1990 if (delete_last_line) |
1991 oap->end.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1992 | |
2957 | 1993 n = (oap->end.col + 1 - !oap->inclusive); |
3372 | 1994 if (oap->inclusive && delete_last_line |
2957 | 1995 && n > (int)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum))) |
1996 { | |
1997 /* Special case: gH<Del> deletes the last line. */ | |
1998 del_lines(1L, FALSE); | |
1999 curwin->w_cursor = curpos; /* restore curwin->w_cursor */ | |
3252 | 2000 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
2001 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
2957 | 2002 } |
2003 else | |
2004 { | |
2005 /* delete from start of line until op_end */ | |
2006 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
2007 (void)del_bytes((long)n, !virtual_op, oap->op_type == OP_DELETE | |
613 | 2008 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
2009 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
2010 #endif | |
2011 ); | |
2957 | 2012 curwin->w_cursor = curpos; /* restore curwin->w_cursor */ |
2013 } | |
2014 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3562 | 2015 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 2016 } |
2017 } | |
2018 | |
2019 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); | |
2020 | |
446 | 2021 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
2022 setmarks: | |
2023 #endif | |
7 | 2024 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
2025 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2026 { | |
2027 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
2028 curbuf->b_op_end.col = oap->start.col; | |
2029 } | |
2030 else | |
2031 #endif | |
2032 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->start; | |
2033 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2034 | |
2035 return OK; | |
2036 } | |
2037 | |
2038 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2039 /* | |
2040 * Adjust end of operating area for ending on a multi-byte character. | |
2041 * Used for deletion. | |
2042 */ | |
2043 static void | |
2044 mb_adjust_opend(oap) | |
2045 oparg_T *oap; | |
2046 { | |
2047 char_u *p; | |
2048 | |
2049 if (oap->inclusive) | |
2050 { | |
2051 p = ml_get(oap->end.lnum); | |
2052 oap->end.col += mb_tail_off(p, p + oap->end.col); | |
2053 } | |
2054 } | |
2055 #endif | |
2056 | |
2057 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
2058 /* | |
2059 * Replace a whole area with one character. | |
2060 */ | |
2061 int | |
2062 op_replace(oap, c) | |
2063 oparg_T *oap; | |
2064 int c; | |
2065 { | |
2066 int n, numc; | |
2067 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2068 int num_chars; | |
2069 #endif | |
2070 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
2071 size_t oldlen; | |
2072 struct block_def bd; | |
2073 | |
2074 if ((curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY ) || oap->empty) | |
2075 return OK; /* nothing to do */ | |
2076 | |
2077 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2078 if (has_mbyte) | |
2079 mb_adjust_opend(oap); | |
2080 #endif | |
2081 | |
2082 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
2083 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
2084 return FAIL; | |
2085 | |
2086 /* | |
2087 * block mode replace | |
2088 */ | |
2089 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2090 { | |
2091 bd.is_MAX = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
2092 for ( ; curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2093 { | |
1982 | 2094 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* make sure cursor position is valid */ |
7 | 2095 block_prep(oap, &bd, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); |
2096 if (bd.textlen == 0 && (!virtual_op || bd.is_MAX)) | |
2097 continue; /* nothing to replace */ | |
2098 | |
2099 /* n == number of extra chars required | |
2100 * If we split a TAB, it may be replaced by several characters. | |
2101 * Thus the number of characters may increase! | |
2102 */ | |
2103 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2104 /* If the range starts in virtual space, count the initial | |
2105 * coladd offset as part of "startspaces" */ | |
2106 if (virtual_op && bd.is_short && *bd.textstart == NUL) | |
2107 { | |
2108 pos_T vpos; | |
2109 | |
1982 | 2110 vpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
7 | 2111 getvpos(&vpos, oap->start_vcol); |
2112 bd.startspaces += vpos.coladd; | |
2113 n = bd.startspaces; | |
2114 } | |
2115 else | |
2116 #endif | |
2117 /* allow for pre spaces */ | |
2118 n = (bd.startspaces ? bd.start_char_vcols - 1 : 0); | |
2119 | |
2120 /* allow for post spp */ | |
2121 n += (bd.endspaces | |
2122 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2123 && !bd.is_oneChar | |
2124 #endif | |
2125 && bd.end_char_vcols > 0) ? bd.end_char_vcols - 1 : 0; | |
2126 /* Figure out how many characters to replace. */ | |
2127 numc = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
2128 if (bd.is_short && (!virtual_op || bd.is_MAX)) | |
2129 numc -= (oap->end_vcol - bd.end_vcol) + 1; | |
2130 | |
2131 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2132 /* A double-wide character can be replaced only up to half the | |
2133 * times. */ | |
2134 if ((*mb_char2cells)(c) > 1) | |
2135 { | |
2136 if ((numc & 1) && !bd.is_short) | |
2137 { | |
2138 ++bd.endspaces; | |
2139 ++n; | |
2140 } | |
2141 numc = numc / 2; | |
2142 } | |
2143 | |
2144 /* Compute bytes needed, move character count to num_chars. */ | |
2145 num_chars = numc; | |
2146 numc *= (*mb_char2len)(c); | |
2147 #endif | |
2148 /* oldlen includes textlen, so don't double count */ | |
2149 n += numc - bd.textlen; | |
2150 | |
2151 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
2152 oldlen = STRLEN(oldp); | |
2153 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)oldlen + 1 + n); | |
2154 if (newp == NULL) | |
2155 continue; | |
2156 vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(oldlen + 1 + n)); | |
2157 /* copy up to deleted part */ | |
2158 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
2159 oldp += bd.textcol + bd.textlen; | |
2160 /* insert pre-spaces */ | |
2161 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)bd.startspaces); | |
2162 /* insert replacement chars CHECK FOR ALLOCATED SPACE */ | |
2163 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2164 if (has_mbyte) | |
2165 { | |
835 | 2166 n = (int)STRLEN(newp); |
7 | 2167 while (--num_chars >= 0) |
2168 n += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, newp + n); | |
2169 } | |
2170 else | |
2171 #endif | |
2172 copy_chars(newp + STRLEN(newp), (size_t)numc, c); | |
2173 if (!bd.is_short) | |
2174 { | |
2175 /* insert post-spaces */ | |
2176 copy_spaces(newp + STRLEN(newp), (size_t)bd.endspaces); | |
2177 /* copy the part after the changed part */ | |
1622 | 2178 STRMOVE(newp + STRLEN(newp), oldp); |
7 | 2179 } |
2180 /* replace the line */ | |
2181 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
2182 } | |
2183 } | |
2184 else | |
2185 { | |
2186 /* | |
2187 * MCHAR and MLINE motion replace. | |
2188 */ | |
2189 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2190 { | |
2191 oap->start.col = 0; | |
2192 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
2193 oap->end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
2194 if (oap->end.col) | |
2195 --oap->end.col; | |
2196 } | |
2197 else if (!oap->inclusive) | |
2198 dec(&(oap->end)); | |
2199 | |
2200 while (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, oap->end)) | |
2201 { | |
2202 n = gchar_cursor(); | |
2203 if (n != NUL) | |
2204 { | |
2205 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2206 if ((*mb_char2len)(c) > 1 || (*mb_char2len)(n) > 1) | |
2207 { | |
2208 /* This is slow, but it handles replacing a single-byte | |
2209 * with a multi-byte and the other way around. */ | |
4203 | 2210 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) |
2211 oap->end.col += (*mb_char2len)(c) - (*mb_char2len)(n); | |
7 | 2212 n = State; |
2213 State = REPLACE; | |
2214 ins_char(c); | |
2215 State = n; | |
2216 /* Backup to the replaced character. */ | |
2217 dec_cursor(); | |
2218 } | |
2219 else | |
2220 #endif | |
2221 { | |
2222 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2223 if (n == TAB) | |
2224 { | |
2225 int end_vcol = 0; | |
2226 | |
2227 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2228 { | |
2229 /* oap->end has to be recalculated when | |
2230 * the tab breaks */ | |
2231 end_vcol = getviscol2(oap->end.col, | |
2232 oap->end.coladd); | |
2233 } | |
2234 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
2235 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2236 getvpos(&oap->end, end_vcol); | |
2237 } | |
2238 #endif | |
2239 pchar(curwin->w_cursor, c); | |
2240 } | |
2241 } | |
2242 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2243 else if (virtual_op && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2244 { | |
2245 int virtcols = oap->end.coladd; | |
2246 | |
2247 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->start.lnum | |
2248 && oap->start.col == oap->end.col && oap->start.coladd) | |
2249 virtcols -= oap->start.coladd; | |
2250 | |
2251 /* oap->end has been trimmed so it's effectively inclusive; | |
2252 * as a result an extra +1 must be counted so we don't | |
2253 * trample the NUL byte. */ | |
2254 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd) + 1); | |
2255 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (virtcols + 1); | |
2256 for (; virtcols >= 0; virtcols--) | |
2257 { | |
2258 pchar(curwin->w_cursor, c); | |
2259 if (inc(&curwin->w_cursor) == -1) | |
2260 break; | |
2261 } | |
2262 } | |
2263 #endif | |
2264 | |
2265 /* Advance to next character, stop at the end of the file. */ | |
2266 if (inc_cursor() == -1) | |
2267 break; | |
2268 } | |
2269 } | |
2270 | |
2271 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
2272 check_cursor(); | |
2273 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, oap->start.col, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2274 | |
2275 /* Set "'[" and "']" marks. */ | |
2276 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2277 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
2278 | |
2279 return OK; | |
2280 } | |
2281 #endif | |
2282 | |
1525 | 2283 static int swapchars __ARGS((int op_type, pos_T *pos, int length)); |
2284 | |
7 | 2285 /* |
2286 * Handle the (non-standard vi) tilde operator. Also for "gu", "gU" and "g?". | |
2287 */ | |
2288 void | |
2289 op_tilde(oap) | |
2290 oparg_T *oap; | |
2291 { | |
2292 pos_T pos; | |
2293 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2294 struct block_def bd; | |
1525 | 2295 #endif |
1528 | 2296 int did_change = FALSE; |
7 | 2297 |
2298 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
2299 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
2300 return; | |
2301 | |
2302 pos = oap->start; | |
2303 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2304 if (oap->block_mode) /* Visual block mode */ | |
2305 { | |
2306 for (; pos.lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++pos.lnum) | |
2307 { | |
1766 | 2308 int one_change; |
2309 | |
7 | 2310 block_prep(oap, &bd, pos.lnum, FALSE); |
2311 pos.col = bd.textcol; | |
1766 | 2312 one_change = swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, bd.textlen); |
2313 did_change |= one_change; | |
1525 | 2314 |
7 | 2315 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
2210 | 2316 if (netbeans_active() && one_change) |
7 | 2317 { |
2318 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
2319 | |
33 | 2320 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, bd.textcol, |
2321 (long)bd.textlen); | |
7 | 2322 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, bd.textcol, |
2210 | 2323 &ptr[bd.textcol], bd.textlen); |
7 | 2324 } |
2325 # endif | |
2326 } | |
2327 if (did_change) | |
2328 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2329 } | |
2330 else /* not block mode */ | |
2331 #endif | |
2332 { | |
2333 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2334 { | |
2335 oap->start.col = 0; | |
2336 pos.col = 0; | |
2337 oap->end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
2338 if (oap->end.col) | |
2339 --oap->end.col; | |
2340 } | |
2341 else if (!oap->inclusive) | |
2342 dec(&(oap->end)); | |
2343 | |
1528 | 2344 if (pos.lnum == oap->end.lnum) |
2345 did_change = swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, | |
2346 oap->end.col - pos.col + 1); | |
2347 else | |
2348 for (;;) | |
2349 { | |
2350 did_change |= swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, | |
2351 pos.lnum == oap->end.lnum ? oap->end.col + 1: | |
2352 (int)STRLEN(ml_get_pos(&pos))); | |
2353 if (ltoreq(oap->end, pos) || inc(&pos) == -1) | |
2354 break; | |
2355 } | |
7 | 2356 if (did_change) |
2357 { | |
2358 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, oap->start.col, oap->end.lnum + 1, | |
2359 0L); | |
2360 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 2361 if (netbeans_active() && did_change) |
7 | 2362 { |
2363 char_u *ptr; | |
2364 int count; | |
2365 | |
2366 pos = oap->start; | |
2367 while (pos.lnum < oap->end.lnum) | |
2368 { | |
2369 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
835 | 2370 count = (int)STRLEN(ptr) - pos.col; |
33 | 2371 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, (long)count); |
7 | 2372 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, |
2210 | 2373 &ptr[pos.col], count); |
7 | 2374 pos.col = 0; |
2375 pos.lnum++; | |
2376 } | |
2377 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
2378 count = oap->end.col - pos.col + 1; | |
33 | 2379 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, (long)count); |
7 | 2380 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, |
2210 | 2381 &ptr[pos.col], count); |
7 | 2382 } |
2383 #endif | |
2384 } | |
2385 } | |
2386 | |
2387 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2388 if (!did_change && oap->is_VIsual) | |
2389 /* No change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
2390 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
2391 #endif | |
2392 | |
2393 /* | |
2394 * Set '[ and '] marks. | |
2395 */ | |
2396 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2397 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
2398 | |
2399 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
2400 { | |
2401 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
2402 MSG(_("1 line changed")); | |
2403 else | |
2404 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines changed"), oap->line_count); | |
2405 } | |
2406 } | |
2407 | |
2408 /* | |
1525 | 2409 * Invoke swapchar() on "length" bytes at position "pos". |
2410 * "pos" is advanced to just after the changed characters. | |
2411 * "length" is rounded up to include the whole last multi-byte character. | |
2412 * Also works correctly when the number of bytes changes. | |
2413 * Returns TRUE if some character was changed. | |
2414 */ | |
2415 static int | |
2416 swapchars(op_type, pos, length) | |
2417 int op_type; | |
2418 pos_T *pos; | |
2419 int length; | |
2420 { | |
2421 int todo; | |
2422 int did_change = 0; | |
2423 | |
2424 for (todo = length; todo > 0; --todo) | |
2425 { | |
2426 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2427 if (has_mbyte) | |
2428 /* we're counting bytes, not characters */ | |
2429 todo -= (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_pos(pos)) - 1; | |
2430 # endif | |
2431 did_change |= swapchar(op_type, pos); | |
2432 if (inc(pos) == -1) /* at end of file */ | |
2433 break; | |
2434 } | |
2435 return did_change; | |
2436 } | |
2437 | |
2438 /* | |
7 | 2439 * If op_type == OP_UPPER: make uppercase, |
2440 * if op_type == OP_LOWER: make lowercase, | |
2441 * if op_type == OP_ROT13: do rot13 encoding, | |
2442 * else swap case of character at 'pos' | |
2443 * returns TRUE when something actually changed. | |
2444 */ | |
2445 int | |
2446 swapchar(op_type, pos) | |
2447 int op_type; | |
2448 pos_T *pos; | |
2449 { | |
2450 int c; | |
2451 int nc; | |
2452 | |
2453 c = gchar_pos(pos); | |
2454 | |
2455 /* Only do rot13 encoding for ASCII characters. */ | |
2456 if (c >= 0x80 && op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2457 return FALSE; | |
2458 | |
2459 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1525 | 2460 if (op_type == OP_UPPER && c == 0xdf |
2461 && (enc_latin1like || STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-2") == 0)) | |
493 | 2462 { |
2463 pos_T sp = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2464 | |
2465 /* Special handling of German sharp s: change to "SS". */ | |
2466 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
2467 del_char(FALSE); | |
2468 ins_char('S'); | |
2469 ins_char('S'); | |
2470 curwin->w_cursor = sp; | |
2471 inc(pos); | |
2472 } | |
2473 | |
7 | 2474 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c >= 0x100) /* No lower/uppercase letter */ |
2475 return FALSE; | |
2476 #endif | |
2477 nc = c; | |
2478 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
2479 { | |
2480 if (op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2481 nc = ROT13(c, 'a'); | |
2482 else if (op_type != OP_LOWER) | |
2483 nc = MB_TOUPPER(c); | |
2484 } | |
2485 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
2486 { | |
2487 if (op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2488 nc = ROT13(c, 'A'); | |
2489 else if (op_type != OP_UPPER) | |
2490 nc = MB_TOLOWER(c); | |
2491 } | |
2492 if (nc != c) | |
2493 { | |
2494 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2495 if (enc_utf8 && (c >= 0x80 || nc >= 0x80)) | |
2496 { | |
2497 pos_T sp = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2498 | |
2499 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
2451
0b8612c2814d
Fix: changing case of a character removed combining characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2446
diff
changeset
|
2500 /* don't use del_char(), it also removes composing chars */ |
0b8612c2814d
Fix: changing case of a character removed combining characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2446
diff
changeset
|
2501 del_bytes(utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()), FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 2502 ins_char(nc); |
2503 curwin->w_cursor = sp; | |
2504 } | |
2505 else | |
2506 #endif | |
2507 pchar(*pos, nc); | |
2508 return TRUE; | |
2509 } | |
2510 return FALSE; | |
2511 } | |
2512 | |
2513 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
2514 /* | |
2515 * op_insert - Insert and append operators for Visual mode. | |
2516 */ | |
2517 void | |
2518 op_insert(oap, count1) | |
2519 oparg_T *oap; | |
2520 long count1; | |
2521 { | |
2522 long ins_len, pre_textlen = 0; | |
2523 char_u *firstline, *ins_text; | |
2524 struct block_def bd; | |
2525 int i; | |
2526 | |
2527 /* edit() changes this - record it for OP_APPEND */ | |
2528 bd.is_MAX = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
2529 | |
2530 /* vis block is still marked. Get rid of it now. */ | |
2531 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
2532 update_screen(INVERTED); | |
2533 | |
2534 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2535 { | |
2536 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2537 /* When 'virtualedit' is used, need to insert the extra spaces before | |
2538 * doing block_prep(). When only "block" is used, virtual edit is | |
2539 * already disabled, but still need it when calling | |
2540 * coladvance_force(). */ | |
2541 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
2542 { | |
2543 int old_ve_flags = ve_flags; | |
2544 | |
2545 ve_flags = VE_ALL; | |
2546 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2547 return; | |
2548 coladvance_force(oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
2549 ? oap->end_vcol + 1 : getviscol()); | |
2550 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2551 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2552 ve_flags = old_ve_flags; | |
2553 } | |
2554 #endif | |
2555 /* Get the info about the block before entering the text */ | |
2556 block_prep(oap, &bd, oap->start.lnum, TRUE); | |
2557 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum) + bd.textcol; | |
2558 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2559 firstline += bd.textlen; | |
2560 pre_textlen = (long)STRLEN(firstline); | |
2561 } | |
2562 | |
2563 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2564 { | |
2565 if (oap->block_mode | |
2566 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2567 && curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 0 | |
2568 #endif | |
2569 ) | |
2570 { | |
2571 /* Move the cursor to the character right of the block. */ | |
2572 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
2573 while (*ml_get_cursor() != NUL | |
2574 && (curwin->w_cursor.col < bd.textcol + bd.textlen)) | |
2575 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2576 if (bd.is_short && !bd.is_MAX) | |
2577 { | |
2578 /* First line was too short, make it longer and adjust the | |
2579 * values in "bd". */ | |
2580 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2581 return; | |
2582 for (i = 0; i < bd.endspaces; ++i) | |
2583 ins_char(' '); | |
2584 bd.textlen += bd.endspaces; | |
2585 } | |
2586 } | |
2587 else | |
2588 { | |
2589 curwin->w_cursor = oap->end; | |
893 | 2590 check_cursor_col(); |
7 | 2591 |
2592 /* Works just like an 'i'nsert on the next character. */ | |
2593 if (!lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2594 && oap->start_vcol != oap->end_vcol) | |
2595 inc_cursor(); | |
2596 } | |
2597 } | |
2598 | |
2599 edit(NUL, FALSE, (linenr_T)count1); | |
2600 | |
1477 | 2601 /* If user has moved off this line, we don't know what to do, so do |
2602 * nothing. | |
2603 * Also don't repeat the insert when Insert mode ended with CTRL-C. */ | |
2604 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != oap->start.lnum || got_int) | |
7 | 2605 return; |
2606 | |
2607 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2608 { | |
2609 struct block_def bd2; | |
2610 | |
2611 /* | |
2612 * Spaces and tabs in the indent may have changed to other spaces and | |
1392 | 2613 * tabs. Get the starting column again and correct the length. |
7 | 2614 * Don't do this when "$" used, end-of-line will have changed. |
2615 */ | |
2616 block_prep(oap, &bd2, oap->start.lnum, TRUE); | |
2617 if (!bd.is_MAX || bd2.textlen < bd.textlen) | |
2618 { | |
2619 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2620 { | |
2621 pre_textlen += bd2.textlen - bd.textlen; | |
2622 if (bd2.endspaces) | |
2623 --bd2.textlen; | |
2624 } | |
2625 bd.textcol = bd2.textcol; | |
2626 bd.textlen = bd2.textlen; | |
2627 } | |
2628 | |
2629 /* | |
2630 * Subsequent calls to ml_get() flush the firstline data - take a | |
2631 * copy of the required string. | |
2632 */ | |
2633 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum) + bd.textcol; | |
2634 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2635 firstline += bd.textlen; | |
3421 | 2636 if (pre_textlen >= 0 |
2637 && (ins_len = (long)STRLEN(firstline) - pre_textlen) > 0) | |
7 | 2638 { |
2639 ins_text = vim_strnsave(firstline, (int)ins_len); | |
2640 if (ins_text != NULL) | |
2641 { | |
2642 /* block handled here */ | |
2643 if (u_save(oap->start.lnum, | |
2644 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == OK) | |
2645 block_insert(oap, ins_text, (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT), | |
2646 &bd); | |
2647 | |
2648 curwin->w_cursor.col = oap->start.col; | |
2649 check_cursor(); | |
2650 vim_free(ins_text); | |
2651 } | |
2652 } | |
2653 } | |
2654 } | |
2655 #endif | |
2656 | |
2657 /* | |
2658 * op_change - handle a change operation | |
2659 * | |
2660 * return TRUE if edit() returns because of a CTRL-O command | |
2661 */ | |
2662 int | |
2663 op_change(oap) | |
2664 oparg_T *oap; | |
2665 { | |
2666 colnr_T l; | |
2667 int retval; | |
2668 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2669 long offset; | |
2670 linenr_T linenr; | |
1392 | 2671 long ins_len; |
2672 long pre_textlen = 0; | |
2673 long pre_indent = 0; | |
7 | 2674 char_u *firstline; |
2675 char_u *ins_text, *newp, *oldp; | |
2676 struct block_def bd; | |
2677 #endif | |
2678 | |
2679 l = oap->start.col; | |
2680 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2681 { | |
2682 l = 0; | |
2683 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
2684 if (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
2685 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
2686 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
2687 # endif | |
2688 ) | |
2689 can_si = TRUE; /* It's like opening a new line, do si */ | |
2690 #endif | |
2691 } | |
2692 | |
2693 /* First delete the text in the region. In an empty buffer only need to | |
2694 * save for undo */ | |
2695 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) | |
2696 { | |
2697 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2698 return FALSE; | |
2699 } | |
2700 else if (op_delete(oap) == FAIL) | |
2701 return FALSE; | |
2702 | |
2703 if ((l > curwin->w_cursor.col) && !lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2704 && !virtual_op) | |
2705 inc_cursor(); | |
2706 | |
2707 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2708 /* check for still on same line (<CR> in inserted text meaningless) */ | |
2709 /* skip blank lines too */ | |
2710 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2711 { | |
2712 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2713 /* Add spaces before getting the current line length. */ | |
2714 if (virtual_op && (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
2715 || gchar_cursor() == NUL)) | |
2716 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
2717 # endif | |
1392 | 2718 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum); |
2719 pre_textlen = (long)STRLEN(firstline); | |
2720 pre_indent = (long)(skipwhite(firstline) - firstline); | |
7 | 2721 bd.textcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
2722 } | |
2723 #endif | |
2724 | |
2725 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
2726 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2727 fix_indent(); | |
2728 #endif | |
2729 | |
2730 retval = edit(NUL, FALSE, (linenr_T)1); | |
2731 | |
2732 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2733 /* | |
39 | 2734 * In Visual block mode, handle copying the new text to all lines of the |
7 | 2735 * block. |
1477 | 2736 * Don't repeat the insert when Insert mode ended with CTRL-C. |
7 | 2737 */ |
1477 | 2738 if (oap->block_mode && oap->start.lnum != oap->end.lnum && !got_int) |
7 | 2739 { |
1392 | 2740 /* Auto-indenting may have changed the indent. If the cursor was past |
2741 * the indent, exclude that indent change from the inserted text. */ | |
7 | 2742 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum); |
1403 | 2743 if (bd.textcol > (colnr_T)pre_indent) |
7 | 2744 { |
1392 | 2745 long new_indent = (long)(skipwhite(firstline) - firstline); |
2746 | |
2747 pre_textlen += new_indent - pre_indent; | |
2748 bd.textcol += new_indent - pre_indent; | |
2749 } | |
2750 | |
2751 ins_len = (long)STRLEN(firstline) - pre_textlen; | |
2752 if (ins_len > 0) | |
2753 { | |
2754 /* Subsequent calls to ml_get() flush the firstline data - take a | |
2755 * copy of the inserted text. */ | |
7 | 2756 if ((ins_text = alloc_check((unsigned)(ins_len + 1))) != NULL) |
2757 { | |
419 | 2758 vim_strncpy(ins_text, firstline + bd.textcol, (size_t)ins_len); |
7 | 2759 for (linenr = oap->start.lnum + 1; linenr <= oap->end.lnum; |
2760 linenr++) | |
2761 { | |
2762 block_prep(oap, &bd, linenr, TRUE); | |
2763 if (!bd.is_short || virtual_op) | |
2764 { | |
2765 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2766 pos_T vpos; | |
2767 | |
2768 /* If the block starts in virtual space, count the | |
2769 * initial coladd offset as part of "startspaces" */ | |
2770 if (bd.is_short) | |
2771 { | |
1982 | 2772 vpos.lnum = linenr; |
7 | 2773 (void)getvpos(&vpos, oap->start_vcol); |
2774 } | |
2775 else | |
2776 vpos.coladd = 0; | |
2777 # endif | |
2778 oldp = ml_get(linenr); | |
2779 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp) | |
2780 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2781 + vpos.coladd | |
2782 # endif | |
2783 + ins_len + 1)); | |
2784 if (newp == NULL) | |
2785 continue; | |
2786 /* copy up to block start */ | |
2787 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
2788 offset = bd.textcol; | |
2789 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2790 copy_spaces(newp + offset, (size_t)vpos.coladd); | |
2791 offset += vpos.coladd; | |
2792 # endif | |
2793 mch_memmove(newp + offset, ins_text, (size_t)ins_len); | |
2794 offset += ins_len; | |
2795 oldp += bd.textcol; | |
1622 | 2796 STRMOVE(newp + offset, oldp); |
7 | 2797 ml_replace(linenr, newp, FALSE); |
2798 } | |
2799 } | |
2800 check_cursor(); | |
2801 | |
2802 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum + 1, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2803 } | |
2804 vim_free(ins_text); | |
2805 } | |
2806 } | |
2807 #endif | |
2808 | |
2809 return retval; | |
2810 } | |
2811 | |
2812 /* | |
2813 * set all the yank registers to empty (called from main()) | |
2814 */ | |
2815 void | |
2816 init_yank() | |
2817 { | |
2818 int i; | |
2819 | |
2820 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; ++i) | |
2821 y_regs[i].y_array = NULL; | |
2822 } | |
2823 | |
356 | 2824 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
2825 void | |
2826 clear_registers() | |
2827 { | |
2828 int i; | |
2829 | |
2830 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; ++i) | |
2831 { | |
2832 y_current = &y_regs[i]; | |
2833 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2834 free_yank_all(); | |
2835 } | |
2836 } | |
2837 #endif | |
2838 | |
7 | 2839 /* |
2840 * Free "n" lines from the current yank register. | |
2841 * Called for normal freeing and in case of error. | |
2842 */ | |
2843 static void | |
2844 free_yank(n) | |
2845 long n; | |
2846 { | |
2847 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2848 { | |
2849 long i; | |
2850 | |
2851 for (i = n; --i >= 0; ) | |
2852 { | |
2853 #ifdef AMIGA /* only for very slow machines */ | |
2854 if ((i & 1023) == 1023) /* this may take a while */ | |
2855 { | |
2856 /* | |
2857 * This message should never cause a hit-return message. | |
2858 * Overwrite this message with any next message. | |
2859 */ | |
2860 ++no_wait_return; | |
2861 smsg((char_u *)_("freeing %ld lines"), i + 1); | |
2862 --no_wait_return; | |
2863 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
2864 msg_col = 0; | |
2865 } | |
2866 #endif | |
2867 vim_free(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
2868 } | |
2869 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
2870 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
2871 #ifdef AMIGA | |
2872 if (n >= 1000) | |
2873 MSG(""); | |
2874 #endif | |
2875 } | |
2876 } | |
2877 | |
2878 static void | |
2879 free_yank_all() | |
2880 { | |
2881 free_yank(y_current->y_size); | |
2882 } | |
2883 | |
2884 /* | |
2885 * Yank the text between "oap->start" and "oap->end" into a yank register. | |
2886 * If we are to append (uppercase register), we first yank into a new yank | |
2887 * register and then concatenate the old and the new one (so we keep the old | |
2888 * one in case of out-of-memory). | |
2889 * | |
2890 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
2891 */ | |
2892 int | |
2893 op_yank(oap, deleting, mess) | |
2894 oparg_T *oap; | |
2895 int deleting; | |
2896 int mess; | |
2897 { | |
2898 long y_idx; /* index in y_array[] */ | |
2899 struct yankreg *curr; /* copy of y_current */ | |
2900 struct yankreg newreg; /* new yank register when appending */ | |
2901 char_u **new_ptr; | |
2902 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
2903 long j; | |
2904 int yanktype = oap->motion_type; | |
2905 long yanklines = oap->line_count; | |
2906 linenr_T yankendlnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
2907 char_u *p; | |
2908 char_u *pnew; | |
2909 struct block_def bd; | |
2658 | 2910 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) |
2654 | 2911 int did_star = FALSE; |
2658 | 2912 #endif |
7 | 2913 |
2914 /* check for read-only register */ | |
2915 if (oap->regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(oap->regname, TRUE)) | |
2916 { | |
2917 beep_flush(); | |
2918 return FAIL; | |
2919 } | |
2920 if (oap->regname == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ | |
2921 return OK; | |
2922 | |
2923 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
2924 if (!clip_star.available && oap->regname == '*') | |
2925 oap->regname = 0; | |
2926 else if (!clip_plus.available && oap->regname == '+') | |
2927 oap->regname = 0; | |
2928 #endif | |
2929 | |
2930 if (!deleting) /* op_delete() already set y_current */ | |
2931 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); | |
2932 | |
2933 curr = y_current; | |
2934 /* append to existing contents */ | |
2935 if (y_append && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2936 y_current = &newreg; | |
2937 else | |
2938 free_yank_all(); /* free previously yanked lines */ | |
2939 | |
593 | 2940 /* |
2941 * If the cursor was in column 1 before and after the movement, and the | |
2942 * operator is not inclusive, the yank is always linewise. | |
2943 */ | |
7 | 2944 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
2945 && oap->start.col == 0 | |
2946 && !oap->inclusive | |
2947 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2948 && (!oap->is_VIsual || *p_sel == 'o') | |
50 | 2949 && !oap->block_mode |
7 | 2950 #endif |
2951 && oap->end.col == 0 | |
2952 && yanklines > 1) | |
2953 { | |
2954 yanktype = MLINE; | |
2955 --yankendlnum; | |
2956 --yanklines; | |
2957 } | |
2958 | |
2959 y_current->y_size = yanklines; | |
2960 y_current->y_type = yanktype; /* set the yank register type */ | |
2961 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2962 y_current->y_width = 0; | |
2963 #endif | |
2964 y_current->y_array = (char_u **)lalloc_clear((long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * | |
2965 yanklines), TRUE); | |
2966 | |
2967 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
2968 { | |
2969 y_current = curr; | |
2970 return FAIL; | |
2971 } | |
2972 | |
2973 y_idx = 0; | |
2974 lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
2975 | |
2976 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2977 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2978 { | |
2979 /* Visual block mode */ | |
2980 y_current->y_type = MBLOCK; /* set the yank register type */ | |
2981 y_current->y_width = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol; | |
2982 | |
2983 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL && y_current->y_width > 0) | |
2984 y_current->y_width--; | |
2985 } | |
2986 #endif | |
2987 | |
2988 for ( ; lnum <= yankendlnum; lnum++, y_idx++) | |
2989 { | |
2990 switch (y_current->y_type) | |
2991 { | |
2992 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2993 case MBLOCK: | |
2994 block_prep(oap, &bd, lnum, FALSE); | |
2995 if (yank_copy_line(&bd, y_idx) == FAIL) | |
2996 goto fail; | |
2997 break; | |
2998 #endif | |
2999 | |
3000 case MLINE: | |
3001 if ((y_current->y_array[y_idx] = | |
3002 vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum))) == NULL) | |
3003 goto fail; | |
3004 break; | |
3005 | |
3006 case MCHAR: | |
3007 { | |
3008 colnr_T startcol = 0, endcol = MAXCOL; | |
3009 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3010 int is_oneChar = FALSE; | |
3011 colnr_T cs, ce; | |
3012 #endif | |
3013 p = ml_get(lnum); | |
3014 bd.startspaces = 0; | |
3015 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3016 | |
3017 if (lnum == oap->start.lnum) | |
3018 { | |
3019 startcol = oap->start.col; | |
3020 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3021 if (virtual_op) | |
3022 { | |
3023 getvcol(curwin, &oap->start, &cs, NULL, &ce); | |
3024 if (ce != cs && oap->start.coladd > 0) | |
3025 { | |
3026 /* Part of a tab selected -- but don't | |
3027 * double-count it. */ | |
3028 bd.startspaces = (ce - cs + 1) | |
3029 - oap->start.coladd; | |
3030 startcol++; | |
3031 } | |
3032 } | |
3033 #endif | |
3034 } | |
3035 | |
3036 if (lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
3037 { | |
3038 endcol = oap->end.col; | |
3039 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3040 if (virtual_op) | |
3041 { | |
3042 getvcol(curwin, &oap->end, &cs, NULL, &ce); | |
3043 if (p[endcol] == NUL || (cs + oap->end.coladd < ce | |
3044 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3045 /* Don't add space for double-wide | |
3046 * char; endcol will be on last byte | |
3047 * of multi-byte char. */ | |
3048 && (*mb_head_off)(p, p + endcol) == 0 | |
3049 # endif | |
3050 )) | |
3051 { | |
3052 if (oap->start.lnum == oap->end.lnum | |
3053 && oap->start.col == oap->end.col) | |
3054 { | |
3055 /* Special case: inside a single char */ | |
3056 is_oneChar = TRUE; | |
3057 bd.startspaces = oap->end.coladd | |
3058 - oap->start.coladd + oap->inclusive; | |
3059 endcol = startcol; | |
3060 } | |
3061 else | |
3062 { | |
3063 bd.endspaces = oap->end.coladd | |
3064 + oap->inclusive; | |
3065 endcol -= oap->inclusive; | |
3066 } | |
3067 } | |
3068 } | |
3069 #endif | |
3070 } | |
3510 | 3071 if (endcol == MAXCOL) |
3072 endcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p); | |
7 | 3073 if (startcol > endcol |
3074 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3075 || is_oneChar | |
3076 #endif | |
3077 ) | |
3078 bd.textlen = 0; | |
3079 else | |
3080 { | |
3081 bd.textlen = endcol - startcol + oap->inclusive; | |
3082 } | |
3083 bd.textstart = p + startcol; | |
3084 if (yank_copy_line(&bd, y_idx) == FAIL) | |
3085 goto fail; | |
3086 break; | |
3087 } | |
3088 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
3089 } | |
3090 } | |
3091 | |
3092 if (curr != y_current) /* append the new block to the old block */ | |
3093 { | |
3094 new_ptr = (char_u **)lalloc((long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * | |
3095 (curr->y_size + y_current->y_size)), TRUE); | |
3096 if (new_ptr == NULL) | |
3097 goto fail; | |
3098 for (j = 0; j < curr->y_size; ++j) | |
3099 new_ptr[j] = curr->y_array[j]; | |
3100 vim_free(curr->y_array); | |
3101 curr->y_array = new_ptr; | |
3102 | |
3103 if (yanktype == MLINE) /* MLINE overrides MCHAR and MBLOCK */ | |
3104 curr->y_type = MLINE; | |
3105 | |
164 | 3106 /* Concatenate the last line of the old block with the first line of |
3107 * the new block, unless being Vi compatible. */ | |
3108 if (curr->y_type == MCHAR && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REGAPPEND) == NULL) | |
7 | 3109 { |
3110 pnew = lalloc((long_u)(STRLEN(curr->y_array[curr->y_size - 1]) | |
3111 + STRLEN(y_current->y_array[0]) + 1), TRUE); | |
3112 if (pnew == NULL) | |
3113 { | |
3114 y_idx = y_current->y_size - 1; | |
3115 goto fail; | |
3116 } | |
3117 STRCPY(pnew, curr->y_array[--j]); | |
3118 STRCAT(pnew, y_current->y_array[0]); | |
3119 vim_free(curr->y_array[j]); | |
3120 vim_free(y_current->y_array[0]); | |
3121 curr->y_array[j++] = pnew; | |
3122 y_idx = 1; | |
3123 } | |
3124 else | |
3125 y_idx = 0; | |
3126 while (y_idx < y_current->y_size) | |
3127 curr->y_array[j++] = y_current->y_array[y_idx++]; | |
3128 curr->y_size = j; | |
3129 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
3130 y_current = curr; | |
3131 } | |
3132 if (mess) /* Display message about yank? */ | |
3133 { | |
3134 if (yanktype == MCHAR | |
3135 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3136 && !oap->block_mode | |
3137 #endif | |
3138 && yanklines == 1) | |
3139 yanklines = 0; | |
3140 /* Some versions of Vi use ">=" here, some don't... */ | |
3141 if (yanklines > p_report) | |
3142 { | |
3143 /* redisplay now, so message is not deleted */ | |
3144 update_topline_redraw(); | |
3145 if (yanklines == 1) | |
205 | 3146 { |
3147 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3148 if (oap->block_mode) | |
3149 MSG(_("block of 1 line yanked")); | |
3150 else | |
3151 #endif | |
3152 MSG(_("1 line yanked")); | |
3153 } | |
3154 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3155 else if (oap->block_mode) | |
3156 smsg((char_u *)_("block of %ld lines yanked"), yanklines); | |
3157 #endif | |
7 | 3158 else |
3159 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines yanked"), yanklines); | |
3160 } | |
3161 } | |
3162 | |
3163 /* | |
3164 * Set "'[" and "']" marks. | |
3165 */ | |
3166 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
3167 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
36 | 3168 if (yanktype == MLINE |
3169 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3170 && !oap->block_mode | |
3171 #endif | |
3172 ) | |
3173 { | |
3174 curbuf->b_op_start.col = 0; | |
3175 curbuf->b_op_end.col = MAXCOL; | |
3176 } | |
7 | 3177 |
3178 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3179 /* | |
3180 * If we were yanking to the '*' register, send result to clipboard. | |
3181 * If no register was specified, and "unnamed" in 'clipboard', make a copy | |
3182 * to the '*' register. | |
3183 */ | |
3184 if (clip_star.available | |
3185 && (curr == &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]) | |
2654 | 3186 || (!deleting && oap->regname == 0 |
3187 && (clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED)))) | |
7 | 3188 { |
3189 if (curr != &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])) | |
3190 /* Copy the text from register 0 to the clipboard register. */ | |
3191 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])); | |
3192 | |
3193 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
3194 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
2658 | 3195 # ifdef FEAT_X11 |
2654 | 3196 did_star = TRUE; |
2658 | 3197 # endif |
7 | 3198 } |
3199 | |
3200 # ifdef FEAT_X11 | |
3201 /* | |
3202 * If we were yanking to the '+' register, send result to selection. | |
3203 * Also copy to the '*' register, in case auto-select is off. | |
3204 */ | |
2654 | 3205 if (clip_plus.available |
3206 && (curr == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]) | |
3207 || (!deleting && oap->regname == 0 | |
3208 && (clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS)))) | |
7 | 3209 { |
2654 | 3210 if (curr != &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])) |
3211 /* Copy the text from register 0 to the clipboard register. */ | |
3212 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])); | |
3213 | |
7 | 3214 clip_own_selection(&clip_plus); |
3215 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_plus); | |
3674 | 3216 if (!clip_isautosel_star() && !did_star |
3217 && curr == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])) | |
7 | 3218 { |
3219 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])); | |
3220 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
3221 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
3222 } | |
3223 } | |
3224 # endif | |
3225 #endif | |
3226 | |
3227 return OK; | |
3228 | |
3229 fail: /* free the allocated lines */ | |
3230 free_yank(y_idx + 1); | |
3231 y_current = curr; | |
3232 return FAIL; | |
3233 } | |
3234 | |
3235 static int | |
3236 yank_copy_line(bd, y_idx) | |
3237 struct block_def *bd; | |
3238 long y_idx; | |
3239 { | |
3240 char_u *pnew; | |
3241 | |
3242 if ((pnew = alloc(bd->startspaces + bd->endspaces + bd->textlen + 1)) | |
3243 == NULL) | |
3244 return FAIL; | |
3245 y_current->y_array[y_idx] = pnew; | |
3246 copy_spaces(pnew, (size_t)bd->startspaces); | |
3247 pnew += bd->startspaces; | |
3248 mch_memmove(pnew, bd->textstart, (size_t)bd->textlen); | |
3249 pnew += bd->textlen; | |
3250 copy_spaces(pnew, (size_t)bd->endspaces); | |
3251 pnew += bd->endspaces; | |
3252 *pnew = NUL; | |
3253 return OK; | |
3254 } | |
3255 | |
3256 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3257 /* | |
3258 * Make a copy of the y_current register to register "reg". | |
3259 */ | |
3260 static void | |
3261 copy_yank_reg(reg) | |
3262 struct yankreg *reg; | |
3263 { | |
3264 struct yankreg *curr = y_current; | |
3265 long j; | |
3266 | |
3267 y_current = reg; | |
3268 free_yank_all(); | |
3269 *y_current = *curr; | |
3270 y_current->y_array = (char_u **)lalloc_clear( | |
3271 (long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * y_current->y_size), TRUE); | |
3272 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
3273 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
3274 else | |
3275 for (j = 0; j < y_current->y_size; ++j) | |
3276 if ((y_current->y_array[j] = vim_strsave(curr->y_array[j])) == NULL) | |
3277 { | |
3278 free_yank(j); | |
3279 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
3280 break; | |
3281 } | |
3282 y_current = curr; | |
3283 } | |
3284 #endif | |
3285 | |
3286 /* | |
140 | 3287 * Put contents of register "regname" into the text. |
3288 * Caller must check "regname" to be valid! | |
3289 * "flags": PUT_FIXINDENT make indent look nice | |
3290 * PUT_CURSEND leave cursor after end of new text | |
3291 * PUT_LINE force linewise put (":put") | |
7 | 3292 */ |
3293 void | |
3294 do_put(regname, dir, count, flags) | |
3295 int regname; | |
3296 int dir; /* BACKWARD for 'P', FORWARD for 'p' */ | |
3297 long count; | |
3298 int flags; | |
3299 { | |
3300 char_u *ptr; | |
3301 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
3302 int yanklen; | |
3303 int totlen = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3304 linenr_T lnum; | |
3305 colnr_T col; | |
3306 long i; /* index in y_array[] */ | |
3307 int y_type; | |
3308 long y_size; | |
3309 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3310 int oldlen; | |
3311 long y_width = 0; | |
3312 colnr_T vcol; | |
3313 int delcount; | |
3314 int incr = 0; | |
3315 long j; | |
3316 struct block_def bd; | |
3317 #endif | |
3318 char_u **y_array = NULL; | |
3319 long nr_lines = 0; | |
3320 pos_T new_cursor; | |
3321 int indent; | |
3322 int orig_indent = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3323 int indent_diff = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3324 int first_indent = TRUE; | |
3325 int lendiff = 0; | |
3326 pos_T old_pos; | |
3327 char_u *insert_string = NULL; | |
3328 int allocated = FALSE; | |
3329 long cnt; | |
3330 | |
3331 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3332 /* Adjust register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. */ | |
3333 adjust_clip_reg(®name); | |
3334 (void)may_get_selection(regname); | |
3335 #endif | |
3336 | |
3337 if (flags & PUT_FIXINDENT) | |
3338 orig_indent = get_indent(); | |
3339 | |
3340 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '[ mark */ | |
3341 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '] mark */ | |
3342 | |
3343 /* | |
3344 * Using inserted text works differently, because the register includes | |
3345 * special characters (newlines, etc.). | |
3346 */ | |
3347 if (regname == '.') | |
3348 { | |
3349 (void)stuff_inserted((dir == FORWARD ? (count == -1 ? 'o' : 'a') : | |
3350 (count == -1 ? 'O' : 'i')), count, FALSE); | |
3351 /* Putting the text is done later, so can't really move the cursor to | |
3352 * the next character. Use "l" to simulate it. */ | |
3353 if ((flags & PUT_CURSEND) && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
3354 stuffcharReadbuff('l'); | |
3355 return; | |
3356 } | |
3357 | |
3358 /* | |
3359 * For special registers '%' (file name), '#' (alternate file name) and | |
3360 * ':' (last command line), etc. we have to create a fake yank register. | |
3361 */ | |
3362 if (get_spec_reg(regname, &insert_string, &allocated, TRUE)) | |
3363 { | |
3364 if (insert_string == NULL) | |
3365 return; | |
3366 } | |
3367 | |
4005 | 3368 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3369 /* Autocommands may be executed when saving lines for undo, which may make | |
3370 * y_array invalid. Start undo now to avoid that. */ | |
3371 u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1); | |
3372 #endif | |
3373 | |
7 | 3374 if (insert_string != NULL) |
3375 { | |
3376 y_type = MCHAR; | |
3377 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3378 if (regname == '=') | |
3379 { | |
3380 /* For the = register we need to split the string at NL | |
3093 | 3381 * characters. |
3382 * Loop twice: count the number of lines and save them. */ | |
7 | 3383 for (;;) |
3384 { | |
3385 y_size = 0; | |
3386 ptr = insert_string; | |
3387 while (ptr != NULL) | |
3388 { | |
3389 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3390 y_array[y_size] = ptr; | |
3391 ++y_size; | |
3392 ptr = vim_strchr(ptr, '\n'); | |
3393 if (ptr != NULL) | |
3394 { | |
3395 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3396 *ptr = NUL; | |
3397 ++ptr; | |
3093 | 3398 /* A trailing '\n' makes the register linewise. */ |
7 | 3399 if (*ptr == NUL) |
3400 { | |
3401 y_type = MLINE; | |
3402 break; | |
3403 } | |
3404 } | |
3405 } | |
3406 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3407 break; | |
3408 y_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned) | |
3409 (y_size * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
3410 if (y_array == NULL) | |
3411 goto end; | |
3412 } | |
3413 } | |
3414 else | |
3415 #endif | |
3416 { | |
3417 y_size = 1; /* use fake one-line yank register */ | |
3418 y_array = &insert_string; | |
3419 } | |
3420 } | |
3421 else | |
3422 { | |
3423 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
3424 | |
3425 y_type = y_current->y_type; | |
3426 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3427 y_width = y_current->y_width; | |
3428 #endif | |
3429 y_size = y_current->y_size; | |
3430 y_array = y_current->y_array; | |
3431 } | |
3432 | |
3433 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3434 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3435 { | |
3436 if (flags & PUT_LINE_SPLIT) | |
3437 { | |
3438 /* "p" or "P" in Visual mode: split the lines to put the text in | |
3439 * between. */ | |
3440 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
3441 goto end; | |
3442 ptr = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
3443 if (ptr == NULL) | |
3444 goto end; | |
3445 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ptr, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
3446 vim_free(ptr); | |
3447 | |
3448 ptr = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
3449 if (ptr == NULL) | |
3450 goto end; | |
3451 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ptr, FALSE); | |
3452 ++nr_lines; | |
3453 dir = FORWARD; | |
3454 } | |
3455 if (flags & PUT_LINE_FORWARD) | |
3456 { | |
3457 /* Must be "p" for a Visual block, put lines below the block. */ | |
692 | 3458 curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_visual.vi_end; |
7 | 3459 dir = FORWARD; |
3460 } | |
3461 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '[ mark */ | |
3462 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '] mark */ | |
3463 } | |
3464 #endif | |
3465 | |
3466 if (flags & PUT_LINE) /* :put command or "p" in Visual line mode. */ | |
3467 y_type = MLINE; | |
3468 | |
3469 if (y_size == 0 || y_array == NULL) | |
3470 { | |
3471 EMSG2(_("E353: Nothing in register %s"), | |
3472 regname == 0 ? (char_u *)"\"" : transchar(regname)); | |
3473 goto end; | |
3474 } | |
3475 | |
3476 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3477 if (y_type == MBLOCK) | |
3478 { | |
3479 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum + y_size + 1; | |
3480 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3481 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
3482 if (u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1, lnum) == FAIL) | |
3483 goto end; | |
3484 } | |
3485 else | |
3486 #endif | |
3487 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3488 { | |
3489 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3490 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3491 /* Correct line number for closed fold. Don't move the cursor yet, | |
3492 * u_save() uses it. */ | |
3493 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
3494 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
3495 else | |
3496 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
3497 #endif | |
3498 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3499 ++lnum; | |
5053
35b6fc57a286
updated for version 7.3.1270
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3500 /* In an empty buffer the empty line is going to be replaced, include |
35b6fc57a286
updated for version 7.3.1270
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3501 * it in the saved lines. */ |
5100
18b43970fb7a
updated for version 7.3.1293
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5053
diff
changeset
|
3502 if ((bufempty() ? u_save(0, 2) : u_save(lnum - 1, lnum)) == FAIL) |
7 | 3503 goto end; |
3504 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3505 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3506 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum - 1; | |
3507 else | |
3508 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3509 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* for mark_adjust() */ | |
3510 #endif | |
3511 } | |
3512 else if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
3513 goto end; | |
3514 | |
3515 yanklen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[0]); | |
3516 | |
3517 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3518 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL && y_type == MCHAR) | |
3519 { | |
3520 if (gchar_cursor() == TAB) | |
3521 { | |
3522 /* Don't need to insert spaces when "p" on the last position of a | |
3523 * tab or "P" on the first position. */ | |
3524 if (dir == FORWARD | |
3525 ? (int)curwin->w_cursor.coladd < curbuf->b_p_ts - 1 | |
3526 : curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
3527 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
3528 else | |
3529 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3530 } | |
3531 else if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
3532 coladvance_force(getviscol() + (dir == FORWARD)); | |
3533 } | |
3534 #endif | |
3535 | |
3536 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3537 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3538 | |
3539 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3540 /* | |
3541 * Block mode | |
3542 */ | |
3543 if (y_type == MBLOCK) | |
3544 { | |
3545 char c = gchar_cursor(); | |
3546 colnr_T endcol2 = 0; | |
3547 | |
3548 if (dir == FORWARD && c != NUL) | |
3549 { | |
3550 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3551 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
3552 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, &endcol2); | |
3553 else | |
3554 #endif | |
3555 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &col); | |
3556 | |
3557 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3558 if (has_mbyte) | |
3559 /* move to start of next multi-byte character */ | |
474 | 3560 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 3561 else |
3562 #endif | |
3563 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3564 if (c != TAB || ve_flags != VE_ALL) | |
3565 #endif | |
3566 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3567 ++col; | |
3568 } | |
3569 else | |
3570 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, &endcol2); | |
3571 | |
3572 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3573 col += curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
1304 | 3574 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL |
3575 && (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
3576 || endcol2 == curwin->w_cursor.col)) | |
7 | 3577 { |
3578 if (dir == FORWARD && c == NUL) | |
3579 ++col; | |
3580 if (dir != FORWARD && c != NUL) | |
3581 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3582 if (c == TAB) | |
3583 { | |
3584 if (dir == BACKWARD && curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
3585 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
3586 if (dir == FORWARD && col - 1 == endcol2) | |
3587 curwin->w_cursor.col++; | |
3588 } | |
3589 } | |
3590 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3591 #endif | |
699 | 3592 bd.textcol = 0; |
7 | 3593 for (i = 0; i < y_size; ++i) |
3594 { | |
3595 int spaces; | |
3596 char shortline; | |
3597 | |
3598 bd.startspaces = 0; | |
3599 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3600 vcol = 0; | |
3601 delcount = 0; | |
3602 | |
3603 /* add a new line */ | |
3604 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3605 { | |
3606 if (ml_append(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, (char_u *)"", | |
3607 (colnr_T)1, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
3608 break; | |
3609 ++nr_lines; | |
3610 } | |
3611 /* get the old line and advance to the position to insert at */ | |
3612 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
3613 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
3614 for (ptr = oldp; vcol < col && *ptr; ) | |
3615 { | |
3616 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
3617 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
3618 vcol += incr; | |
3619 } | |
3620 bd.textcol = (colnr_T)(ptr - oldp); | |
3621 | |
3622 shortline = (vcol < col) || (vcol == col && !*ptr) ; | |
3623 | |
3624 if (vcol < col) /* line too short, padd with spaces */ | |
3625 bd.startspaces = col - vcol; | |
3626 else if (vcol > col) | |
3627 { | |
3628 bd.endspaces = vcol - col; | |
3629 bd.startspaces = incr - bd.endspaces; | |
3630 --bd.textcol; | |
3631 delcount = 1; | |
3632 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3633 if (has_mbyte) | |
3634 bd.textcol -= (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + bd.textcol); | |
3635 #endif | |
3636 if (oldp[bd.textcol] != TAB) | |
3637 { | |
3638 /* Only a Tab can be split into spaces. Other | |
3639 * characters will have to be moved to after the | |
3640 * block, causing misalignment. */ | |
3641 delcount = 0; | |
3642 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3643 } | |
3644 } | |
3645 | |
3646 yanklen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[i]); | |
3647 | |
3648 /* calculate number of spaces required to fill right side of block*/ | |
3649 spaces = y_width + 1; | |
3650 for (j = 0; j < yanklen; j++) | |
3651 spaces -= lbr_chartabsize(&y_array[i][j], 0); | |
3652 if (spaces < 0) | |
3653 spaces = 0; | |
3654 | |
3655 /* insert the new text */ | |
3656 totlen = count * (yanklen + spaces) + bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces; | |
3657 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)totlen + oldlen + 1); | |
3658 if (newp == NULL) | |
3659 break; | |
3660 /* copy part up to cursor to new line */ | |
3661 ptr = newp; | |
3662 mch_memmove(ptr, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
3663 ptr += bd.textcol; | |
3664 /* may insert some spaces before the new text */ | |
3665 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)bd.startspaces); | |
3666 ptr += bd.startspaces; | |
3667 /* insert the new text */ | |
3668 for (j = 0; j < count; ++j) | |
3669 { | |
3670 mch_memmove(ptr, y_array[i], (size_t)yanklen); | |
3671 ptr += yanklen; | |
3672 | |
3673 /* insert block's trailing spaces only if there's text behind */ | |
3674 if ((j < count - 1 || !shortline) && spaces) | |
3675 { | |
3676 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)spaces); | |
3677 ptr += spaces; | |
3678 } | |
3679 } | |
3680 /* may insert some spaces after the new text */ | |
3681 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)bd.endspaces); | |
3682 ptr += bd.endspaces; | |
3683 /* move the text after the cursor to the end of the line. */ | |
3684 mch_memmove(ptr, oldp + bd.textcol + delcount, | |
3685 (size_t)(oldlen - bd.textcol - delcount + 1)); | |
3686 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
3687 | |
3688 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3689 if (i == 0) | |
3690 curwin->w_cursor.col += bd.startspaces; | |
3691 } | |
3692 | |
3693 changed_lines(lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nr_lines); | |
3694 | |
3695 /* Set '[ mark. */ | |
3696 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3697 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = lnum; | |
3698 | |
3699 /* adjust '] mark */ | |
3700 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1; | |
3701 curbuf->b_op_end.col = bd.textcol + totlen - 1; | |
237 | 3702 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
7 | 3703 curbuf->b_op_end.coladd = 0; |
237 | 3704 # endif |
7 | 3705 if (flags & PUT_CURSEND) |
3706 { | |
916 | 3707 colnr_T len; |
3708 | |
7 | 3709 curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_op_end; |
3710 curwin->w_cursor.col++; | |
916 | 3711 |
3712 /* in Insert mode we might be after the NUL, correct for that */ | |
3713 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
3714 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
3715 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
7 | 3716 } |
3717 else | |
3718 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3719 } | |
3720 else | |
3721 #endif | |
3722 { | |
3723 /* | |
3724 * Character or Line mode | |
3725 */ | |
3726 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3727 { | |
3728 /* if type is MCHAR, FORWARD is the same as BACKWARD on the next | |
3729 * char */ | |
3730 if (dir == FORWARD && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
3731 { | |
3732 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3733 if (has_mbyte) | |
3734 { | |
474 | 3735 int bytelen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 3736 |
3737 /* put it on the next of the multi-byte character. */ | |
3738 col += bytelen; | |
3739 if (yanklen) | |
3740 { | |
3741 curwin->w_cursor.col += bytelen; | |
3742 curbuf->b_op_end.col += bytelen; | |
3743 } | |
3744 } | |
3745 else | |
3746 #endif | |
3747 { | |
3748 ++col; | |
3749 if (yanklen) | |
3750 { | |
3751 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3752 ++curbuf->b_op_end.col; | |
3753 } | |
3754 } | |
3755 } | |
3756 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3757 } | |
3758 /* | |
3759 * Line mode: BACKWARD is the same as FORWARD on the previous line | |
3760 */ | |
3761 else if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
3762 --lnum; | |
699 | 3763 new_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
7 | 3764 |
3765 /* | |
3766 * simple case: insert into current line | |
3767 */ | |
3768 if (y_type == MCHAR && y_size == 1) | |
3769 { | |
3770 totlen = count * yanklen; | |
3771 if (totlen) | |
3772 { | |
3773 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
3774 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp) + totlen + 1)); | |
3775 if (newp == NULL) | |
3776 goto end; /* alloc() will give error message */ | |
3777 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
3778 ptr = newp + col; | |
3779 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
3780 { | |
3781 mch_memmove(ptr, y_array[0], (size_t)yanklen); | |
3782 ptr += yanklen; | |
3783 } | |
1622 | 3784 STRMOVE(ptr, oldp + col); |
7 | 3785 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); |
3786 /* Put cursor on last putted char. */ | |
3787 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)(totlen - 1); | |
3788 } | |
3789 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3790 /* For "CTRL-O p" in Insert mode, put cursor after last char */ | |
3791 if (totlen && (restart_edit != 0 || (flags & PUT_CURSEND))) | |
3792 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3793 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
3794 } | |
3795 else | |
3796 { | |
3797 /* | |
3798 * Insert at least one line. When y_type is MCHAR, break the first | |
3799 * line in two. | |
3800 */ | |
3801 for (cnt = 1; cnt <= count; ++cnt) | |
3802 { | |
3803 i = 0; | |
3804 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3805 { | |
3806 /* | |
3807 * Split the current line in two at the insert position. | |
3808 * First insert y_array[size - 1] in front of second line. | |
3809 * Then append y_array[0] to first line. | |
3810 */ | |
3811 lnum = new_cursor.lnum; | |
3812 ptr = ml_get(lnum) + col; | |
3813 totlen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[y_size - 1]); | |
3814 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(ptr) + totlen + 1)); | |
3815 if (newp == NULL) | |
3816 goto error; | |
3817 STRCPY(newp, y_array[y_size - 1]); | |
3818 STRCAT(newp, ptr); | |
3819 /* insert second line */ | |
3820 ml_append(lnum, newp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
3821 vim_free(newp); | |
3822 | |
3823 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
3824 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(col + yanklen + 1)); | |
3825 if (newp == NULL) | |
3826 goto error; | |
3827 /* copy first part of line */ | |
3828 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
3829 /* append to first line */ | |
3830 mch_memmove(newp + col, y_array[0], (size_t)(yanklen + 1)); | |
3831 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
3832 | |
3833 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3834 i = 1; | |
3835 } | |
3836 | |
3837 for (; i < y_size; ++i) | |
3838 { | |
3839 if ((y_type != MCHAR || i < y_size - 1) | |
3840 && ml_append(lnum, y_array[i], (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
3841 == FAIL) | |
3842 goto error; | |
3843 lnum++; | |
3844 ++nr_lines; | |
3845 if (flags & PUT_FIXINDENT) | |
3846 { | |
3847 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3848 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3849 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
3850 if (cnt == count && i == y_size - 1) | |
3851 lendiff = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
3852 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
3853 if (*ptr == '#' && preprocs_left()) | |
3854 indent = 0; /* Leave # lines at start */ | |
3855 else | |
3856 #endif | |
3857 if (*ptr == NUL) | |
3858 indent = 0; /* Ignore empty lines */ | |
3859 else if (first_indent) | |
3860 { | |
3861 indent_diff = orig_indent - get_indent(); | |
3862 indent = orig_indent; | |
3863 first_indent = FALSE; | |
3864 } | |
3865 else if ((indent = get_indent() + indent_diff) < 0) | |
3866 indent = 0; | |
3867 (void)set_indent(indent, 0); | |
3868 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
3869 /* remember how many chars were removed */ | |
3870 if (cnt == count && i == y_size - 1) | |
3871 lendiff -= (int)STRLEN(ml_get(lnum)); | |
3872 } | |
3873 } | |
3874 } | |
3875 | |
3876 error: | |
3877 /* Adjust marks. */ | |
3878 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3879 { | |
3880 curbuf->b_op_start.col = 0; | |
3881 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3882 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum++; | |
3883 } | |
3884 mark_adjust(curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + (y_type == MCHAR), | |
3885 (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, nr_lines, 0L); | |
3886 | |
3887 /* note changed text for displaying and folding */ | |
3888 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3889 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, col, | |
3890 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, nr_lines); | |
3891 else | |
3892 changed_lines(curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, 0, | |
3893 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, nr_lines); | |
3894 | |
3895 /* put '] mark at last inserted character */ | |
3896 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = lnum; | |
3897 /* correct length for change in indent */ | |
3898 col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(y_array[y_size - 1]) - lendiff; | |
3899 if (col > 1) | |
3900 curbuf->b_op_end.col = col - 1; | |
3901 else | |
3902 curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
3903 | |
168 | 3904 if (flags & PUT_CURSLINE) |
3905 { | |
237 | 3906 /* ":put": put cursor on last inserted line */ |
168 | 3907 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; |
3908 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3909 } | |
3910 else if (flags & PUT_CURSEND) | |
7 | 3911 { |
3912 /* put cursor after inserted text */ | |
3913 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3914 { | |
3915 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3916 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
3917 else | |
3918 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum + 1; | |
3919 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
3920 } | |
3921 else | |
3922 { | |
3923 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3924 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
3925 } | |
3926 } | |
3927 else if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3928 { | |
168 | 3929 /* put cursor on first non-blank in first inserted line */ |
7 | 3930 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
3931 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3932 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3933 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3934 } | |
3935 else /* put cursor on first inserted character */ | |
3936 curwin->w_cursor = new_cursor; | |
3937 } | |
3938 } | |
3939 | |
3940 msgmore(nr_lines); | |
3941 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
3942 | |
3943 end: | |
3944 if (allocated) | |
3945 vim_free(insert_string); | |
840 | 3946 if (regname == '=') |
3947 vim_free(y_array); | |
3948 | |
140 | 3949 /* If the cursor is past the end of the line put it at the end. */ |
844 | 3950 adjust_cursor_eol(); |
3951 } | |
3952 | |
3953 /* | |
3954 * When the cursor is on the NUL past the end of the line and it should not be | |
3955 * there move it left. | |
3956 */ | |
3957 void | |
3958 adjust_cursor_eol() | |
3959 { | |
3960 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
3961 && gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
773 | 3962 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
3963 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
3964 #endif | |
7 | 3965 && !(restart_edit || (State & INSERT))) |
3966 { | |
557 | 3967 /* Put the cursor on the last character in the line. */ |
555 | 3968 dec_cursor(); |
844 | 3969 |
7 | 3970 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
3971 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
557 | 3972 { |
3973 colnr_T scol, ecol; | |
3974 | |
3975 /* Coladd is set to the width of the last character. */ | |
3976 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &scol, NULL, &ecol); | |
3977 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = ecol - scol + 1; | |
3978 } | |
7 | 3979 #endif |
3980 } | |
3981 } | |
3982 | |
3983 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
3984 /* | |
3985 * Return TRUE if lines starting with '#' should be left aligned. | |
3986 */ | |
3987 int | |
3988 preprocs_left() | |
3989 { | |
3990 return | |
3991 # ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
3992 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3993 (curbuf->b_p_si && !curbuf->b_p_cin) || | |
3994 # else | |
3995 curbuf->b_p_si | |
3996 # endif | |
3997 # endif | |
3998 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3999 (curbuf->b_p_cin && in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)) | |
4000 # endif | |
4001 ; | |
4002 } | |
4003 #endif | |
4004 | |
4005 /* Return the character name of the register with the given number */ | |
4006 int | |
4007 get_register_name(num) | |
4008 int num; | |
4009 { | |
4010 if (num == -1) | |
4011 return '"'; | |
4012 else if (num < 10) | |
4013 return num + '0'; | |
4014 else if (num == DELETION_REGISTER) | |
4015 return '-'; | |
4016 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
4017 else if (num == STAR_REGISTER) | |
4018 return '*'; | |
4019 else if (num == PLUS_REGISTER) | |
4020 return '+'; | |
4021 #endif | |
4022 else | |
4023 { | |
4024 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
4025 int i; | |
4026 | |
4027 /* EBCDIC is really braindead ... */ | |
4028 i = 'a' + (num - 10); | |
4029 if (i > 'i') | |
4030 i += 7; | |
4031 if (i > 'r') | |
4032 i += 8; | |
4033 return i; | |
4034 #else | |
4035 return num + 'a' - 10; | |
4036 #endif | |
4037 } | |
4038 } | |
4039 | |
4040 /* | |
4041 * ":dis" and ":registers": Display the contents of the yank registers. | |
4042 */ | |
4043 void | |
4044 ex_display(eap) | |
4045 exarg_T *eap; | |
4046 { | |
4047 int i, n; | |
4048 long j; | |
4049 char_u *p; | |
4050 struct yankreg *yb; | |
4051 int name; | |
4052 int attr; | |
4053 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
22 | 4054 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
4055 int clen; | |
4056 #else | |
4057 # define clen 1 | |
4058 #endif | |
7 | 4059 |
4060 if (arg != NULL && *arg == NUL) | |
4061 arg = NULL; | |
4062 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4063 | |
4064 /* Highlight title */ | |
4065 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Registers ---")); | |
4066 for (i = -1; i < NUM_REGISTERS && !got_int; ++i) | |
4067 { | |
4068 name = get_register_name(i); | |
2644 | 4069 if (arg != NULL && vim_strchr(arg, name) == NULL |
4070 #ifdef ONE_CLIPBOARD | |
4071 /* Star register and plus register contain the same thing. */ | |
4072 && (name != '*' || vim_strchr(arg, '+') == NULL) | |
4073 #endif | |
4074 ) | |
7 | 4075 continue; /* did not ask for this register */ |
4076 | |
4077 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
4078 /* Adjust register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. | |
4079 * When it's a clipboard register, fill it with the current contents | |
4080 * of the clipboard. */ | |
4081 adjust_clip_reg(&name); | |
4082 (void)may_get_selection(name); | |
4083 #endif | |
4084 | |
4085 if (i == -1) | |
4086 { | |
4087 if (y_previous != NULL) | |
4088 yb = y_previous; | |
4089 else | |
4090 yb = &(y_regs[0]); | |
4091 } | |
4092 else | |
4093 yb = &(y_regs[i]); | |
2000 | 4094 |
4095 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4096 if (name == MB_TOLOWER(redir_reg) | |
4097 || (redir_reg == '"' && yb == y_previous)) | |
4098 continue; /* do not list register being written to, the | |
4099 * pointer can be freed */ | |
4100 #endif | |
4101 | |
7 | 4102 if (yb->y_array != NULL) |
4103 { | |
4104 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
4105 msg_putchar('"'); | |
4106 msg_putchar(name); | |
4107 MSG_PUTS(" "); | |
4108 | |
4109 n = (int)Columns - 6; | |
4110 for (j = 0; j < yb->y_size && n > 1; ++j) | |
4111 { | |
4112 if (j) | |
4113 { | |
4114 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("^J", attr); | |
4115 n -= 2; | |
4116 } | |
4117 for (p = yb->y_array[j]; *p && (n -= ptr2cells(p)) >= 0; ++p) | |
4118 { | |
4119 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 4120 clen = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
22 | 4121 #endif |
4122 msg_outtrans_len(p, clen); | |
4123 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4124 p += clen - 1; | |
7 | 4125 #endif |
4126 } | |
4127 } | |
4128 if (n > 1 && yb->y_type == MLINE) | |
4129 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("^J", attr); | |
4130 out_flush(); /* show one line at a time */ | |
4131 } | |
4132 ui_breakcheck(); | |
4133 } | |
4134 | |
4135 /* | |
4136 * display last inserted text | |
4137 */ | |
4138 if ((p = get_last_insert()) != NULL | |
4139 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '.') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4140 { | |
4141 MSG_PUTS("\n\". "); | |
4142 dis_msg(p, TRUE); | |
4143 } | |
4144 | |
4145 /* | |
4146 * display last command line | |
4147 */ | |
4148 if (last_cmdline != NULL && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, ':') != NULL) | |
4149 && !got_int) | |
4150 { | |
4151 MSG_PUTS("\n\": "); | |
4152 dis_msg(last_cmdline, FALSE); | |
4153 } | |
4154 | |
4155 /* | |
4156 * display current file name | |
4157 */ | |
4158 if (curbuf->b_fname != NULL | |
4159 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '%') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4160 { | |
4161 MSG_PUTS("\n\"% "); | |
4162 dis_msg(curbuf->b_fname, FALSE); | |
4163 } | |
4164 | |
4165 /* | |
4166 * display alternate file name | |
4167 */ | |
4168 if ((arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '%') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4169 { | |
4170 char_u *fname; | |
4171 linenr_T dummy; | |
4172 | |
4173 if (buflist_name_nr(0, &fname, &dummy) != FAIL) | |
4174 { | |
4175 MSG_PUTS("\n\"# "); | |
4176 dis_msg(fname, FALSE); | |
4177 } | |
4178 } | |
4179 | |
4180 /* | |
4181 * display last search pattern | |
4182 */ | |
4183 if (last_search_pat() != NULL | |
4184 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '/') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4185 { | |
4186 MSG_PUTS("\n\"/ "); | |
4187 dis_msg(last_search_pat(), FALSE); | |
4188 } | |
4189 | |
4190 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4191 /* | |
4192 * display last used expression | |
4193 */ | |
4194 if (expr_line != NULL && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '=') != NULL) | |
4195 && !got_int) | |
4196 { | |
4197 MSG_PUTS("\n\"= "); | |
4198 dis_msg(expr_line, FALSE); | |
4199 } | |
4200 #endif | |
4201 } | |
4202 | |
4203 /* | |
4204 * display a string for do_dis() | |
4205 * truncate at end of screen line | |
4206 */ | |
4207 static void | |
4208 dis_msg(p, skip_esc) | |
4209 char_u *p; | |
4210 int skip_esc; /* if TRUE, ignore trailing ESC */ | |
4211 { | |
4212 int n; | |
4213 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4214 int l; | |
4215 #endif | |
4216 | |
4217 n = (int)Columns - 6; | |
4218 while (*p != NUL | |
4219 && !(*p == ESC && skip_esc && *(p + 1) == NUL) | |
4220 && (n -= ptr2cells(p)) >= 0) | |
4221 { | |
4222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 4223 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
7 | 4224 { |
4225 msg_outtrans_len(p, l); | |
4226 p += l; | |
4227 } | |
4228 else | |
4229 #endif | |
4230 msg_outtrans_len(p++, 1); | |
4231 } | |
4232 ui_breakcheck(); | |
4233 } | |
4234 | |
3562 | 4235 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4236 /* | |
4237 * If "process" is TRUE and the line begins with a comment leader (possibly | |
4238 * after some white space), return a pointer to the text after it. Put a boolean | |
4239 * value indicating whether the line ends with an unclosed comment in | |
4240 * "is_comment". | |
4241 * line - line to be processed, | |
4242 * process - if FALSE, will only check whether the line ends with an unclosed | |
3584 | 4243 * comment, |
3562 | 4244 * include_space - whether to also skip space following the comment leader, |
4245 * is_comment - will indicate whether the current line ends with an unclosed | |
3584 | 4246 * comment. |
3562 | 4247 */ |
4248 static char_u * | |
4249 skip_comment(line, process, include_space, is_comment) | |
4250 char_u *line; | |
4251 int process; | |
4252 int include_space; | |
4253 int *is_comment; | |
4254 { | |
4255 char_u *comment_flags = NULL; | |
4256 int lead_len; | |
4257 int leader_offset = get_last_leader_offset(line, &comment_flags); | |
4258 | |
4259 *is_comment = FALSE; | |
4260 if (leader_offset != -1) | |
4261 { | |
4262 /* Let's check whether the line ends with an unclosed comment. | |
4263 * If the last comment leader has COM_END in flags, there's no comment. | |
4264 */ | |
4265 while (*comment_flags) | |
4266 { | |
4267 if (*comment_flags == COM_END | |
4268 || *comment_flags == ':') | |
4269 break; | |
4270 ++comment_flags; | |
4271 } | |
4272 if (*comment_flags != COM_END) | |
4273 *is_comment = TRUE; | |
4274 } | |
4275 | |
4276 if (process == FALSE) | |
4277 return line; | |
4278 | |
4279 lead_len = get_leader_len(line, &comment_flags, FALSE, include_space); | |
4280 | |
4281 if (lead_len == 0) | |
4282 return line; | |
4283 | |
4284 /* Find: | |
4285 * - COM_END, | |
4286 * - colon, | |
4287 * whichever comes first. | |
4288 */ | |
4289 while (*comment_flags) | |
4290 { | |
3580 | 4291 if (*comment_flags == COM_END |
3562 | 4292 || *comment_flags == ':') |
4293 { | |
4294 break; | |
4295 } | |
4296 ++comment_flags; | |
4297 } | |
4298 | |
4299 /* If we found a colon, it means that we are not processing a line | |
3580 | 4300 * starting with a closing part of a three-part comment. That's good, |
4301 * because we don't want to remove those as this would be annoying. | |
3562 | 4302 */ |
4303 if (*comment_flags == ':' || *comment_flags == NUL) | |
4304 line += lead_len; | |
4305 | |
4306 return line; | |
4307 } | |
4308 #endif | |
4309 | |
7 | 4310 /* |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4311 * Join 'count' lines (minimal 2) at cursor position. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4312 * When "save_undo" is TRUE save lines for undo first. |
3562 | 4313 * Set "use_formatoptions" to FALSE when e.g. processing |
4314 * backspace and comment leaders should not be removed. | |
7 | 4315 * |
1217 | 4316 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise |
7 | 4317 */ |
4318 int | |
3562 | 4319 do_join(count, insert_space, save_undo, use_formatoptions) |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4320 long count; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4321 int insert_space; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4322 int save_undo; |
3562 | 4323 int use_formatoptions UNUSED; |
7 | 4324 { |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4325 char_u *curr = NULL; |
2597 | 4326 char_u *curr_start = NULL; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4327 char_u *cend; |
7 | 4328 char_u *newp; |
2597 | 4329 char_u *spaces; /* number of spaces inserted before a line */ |
2310
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2298
diff
changeset
|
4330 int endcurr1 = NUL; |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2298
diff
changeset
|
4331 int endcurr2 = NUL; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4332 int currsize = 0; /* size of the current line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4333 int sumsize = 0; /* size of the long new line */ |
7 | 4334 linenr_T t; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4335 colnr_T col = 0; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4336 int ret = OK; |
3562 | 4337 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
3574 | 4338 int *comments = NULL; |
3562 | 4339 int remove_comments = (use_formatoptions == TRUE) |
4340 && has_format_option(FO_REMOVE_COMS); | |
4341 int prev_was_comment; | |
4342 #endif | |
4343 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4344 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4345 if (save_undo && u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4346 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + count)) == FAIL) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4347 return FAIL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4348 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4349 /* Allocate an array to store the number of spaces inserted before each |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4350 * line. We will use it to pre-compute the length of the new line and the |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4351 * proper placement of each original line in the new one. */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4352 spaces = lalloc_clear((long_u)count, TRUE); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4353 if (spaces == NULL) |
7 | 4354 return FAIL; |
3562 | 4355 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4356 if (remove_comments) | |
4357 { | |
4358 comments = (int *)lalloc_clear((long_u)count * sizeof(int), TRUE); | |
4359 if (comments == NULL) | |
4360 { | |
4361 vim_free(spaces); | |
4362 return FAIL; | |
4363 } | |
4364 } | |
4365 #endif | |
7 | 4366 |
4367 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4368 * Don't move anything, just compute the final line length |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4369 * and setup the array of space strings lengths |
7 | 4370 */ |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4371 for (t = 0; t < count; ++t) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4372 { |
2597 | 4373 curr = curr_start = ml_get((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t)); |
3562 | 4374 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4375 if (remove_comments) | |
4376 { | |
4377 /* We don't want to remove the comment leader if the | |
4378 * previous line is not a comment. */ | |
4379 if (t > 0 && prev_was_comment) | |
4380 { | |
4381 | |
4382 char_u *new_curr = skip_comment(curr, TRUE, insert_space, | |
4383 &prev_was_comment); | |
3576 | 4384 comments[t] = (int)(new_curr - curr); |
3562 | 4385 curr = new_curr; |
4386 } | |
4387 else | |
4388 curr = skip_comment(curr, FALSE, insert_space, | |
4389 &prev_was_comment); | |
4390 } | |
4391 #endif | |
4392 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4393 if (insert_space && t > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4394 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4395 curr = skipwhite(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4396 if (*curr != ')' && currsize != 0 && endcurr1 != TAB |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4398 && (!has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_JOIN) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4399 || (mb_ptr2char(curr) < 0x100 && endcurr1 < 0x100)) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4400 && (!has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_JOIN2) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4401 || mb_ptr2char(curr) < 0x100 || endcurr1 < 0x100) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4402 #endif |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4403 ) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4404 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4405 /* don't add a space if the line is ending in a space */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4406 if (endcurr1 == ' ') |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4407 endcurr1 = endcurr2; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4408 else |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4409 ++spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4410 /* extra space when 'joinspaces' set and line ends in '.' */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4411 if ( p_js |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4412 && (endcurr1 == '.' |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4413 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) == NULL |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4414 && (endcurr1 == '?' || endcurr1 == '!')))) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4415 ++spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4416 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4417 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4418 currsize = (int)STRLEN(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4419 sumsize += currsize + spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4420 endcurr1 = endcurr2 = NUL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4421 if (insert_space && currsize > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4422 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4424 if (has_mbyte) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4425 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4426 cend = curr + currsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4427 mb_ptr_back(curr, cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4428 endcurr1 = (*mb_ptr2char)(cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4429 if (cend > curr) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4430 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4431 mb_ptr_back(curr, cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4432 endcurr2 = (*mb_ptr2char)(cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4433 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4434 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4435 else |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4436 #endif |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4437 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4438 endcurr1 = *(curr + currsize - 1); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4439 if (currsize > 1) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4440 endcurr2 = *(curr + currsize - 2); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4441 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4442 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4443 line_breakcheck(); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4444 if (got_int) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4445 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4446 ret = FAIL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4447 goto theend; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4448 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4449 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4450 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4451 /* store the column position before last line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4452 col = sumsize - currsize - spaces[count - 1]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4453 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4454 /* allocate the space for the new line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4455 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(sumsize + 1)); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4456 cend = newp + sumsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4457 *cend = 0; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4458 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4459 /* |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4460 * Move affected lines to the new long one. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4461 * |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4462 * Move marks from each deleted line to the joined line, adjusting the |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4463 * column. This is not Vi compatible, but Vi deletes the marks, thus that |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4464 * should not really be a problem. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4465 */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4466 for (t = count - 1; ; --t) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4467 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4468 cend -= currsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4469 mch_memmove(cend, curr, (size_t)currsize); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4470 if (spaces[t] > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4471 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4472 cend -= spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4473 copy_spaces(cend, (size_t)(spaces[t])); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4474 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4475 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t, (colnr_T)0, (linenr_T)-t, |
2597 | 4476 (long)(cend - newp + spaces[t] - (curr - curr_start))); |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4477 if (t == 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4478 break; |
2597 | 4479 curr = curr_start = ml_get((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t - 1)); |
3562 | 4480 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4481 if (remove_comments) | |
4482 curr += comments[t - 1]; | |
4483 #endif | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4484 if (insert_space && t > 1) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4485 curr = skipwhite(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4486 currsize = (int)STRLEN(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4487 } |
7 | 4488 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); |
4489 | |
4490 /* Only report the change in the first line here, del_lines() will report | |
4491 * the deleted line. */ | |
4492 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, currsize, | |
4493 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
4494 | |
4495 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4496 * Delete following lines. To do this we move the cursor there |
7 | 4497 * briefly, and then move it back. After del_lines() the cursor may |
4498 * have moved up (last line deleted), so the current lnum is kept in t. | |
4499 */ | |
4500 t = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4501 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4502 del_lines(count - 1, FALSE); |
7 | 4503 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = t; |
4504 | |
4505 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4506 * Set the cursor column: |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4507 * Vi compatible: use the column of the first join |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
4508 * vim: use the column of the last join |
7 | 4509 */ |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4510 curwin->w_cursor.col = |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4511 (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINCOL) != NULL ? currsize : col); |
7 | 4512 check_cursor_col(); |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4513 |
7 | 4514 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
4515 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
4516 #endif | |
4517 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
4518 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4519 theend: |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4520 vim_free(spaces); |
3562 | 4521 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4522 if (remove_comments) | |
4523 vim_free(comments); | |
4524 #endif | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4525 return ret; |
7 | 4526 } |
4527 | |
4528 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4529 /* | |
4530 * Return TRUE if the two comment leaders given are the same. "lnum" is | |
4531 * the first line. White-space is ignored. Note that the whole of | |
4532 * 'leader1' must match 'leader2_len' characters from 'leader2' -- webb | |
4533 */ | |
4534 static int | |
4535 same_leader(lnum, leader1_len, leader1_flags, leader2_len, leader2_flags) | |
4536 linenr_T lnum; | |
4537 int leader1_len; | |
4538 char_u *leader1_flags; | |
4539 int leader2_len; | |
4540 char_u *leader2_flags; | |
4541 { | |
4542 int idx1 = 0, idx2 = 0; | |
4543 char_u *p; | |
4544 char_u *line1; | |
4545 char_u *line2; | |
4546 | |
4547 if (leader1_len == 0) | |
4548 return (leader2_len == 0); | |
4549 | |
4550 /* | |
4551 * If first leader has 'f' flag, the lines can be joined only if the | |
4552 * second line does not have a leader. | |
4553 * If first leader has 'e' flag, the lines can never be joined. | |
4554 * If fist leader has 's' flag, the lines can only be joined if there is | |
4555 * some text after it and the second line has the 'm' flag. | |
4556 */ | |
4557 if (leader1_flags != NULL) | |
4558 { | |
4559 for (p = leader1_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
4560 { | |
4561 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
4562 return (leader2_len == 0); | |
4563 if (*p == COM_END) | |
4564 return FALSE; | |
4565 if (*p == COM_START) | |
4566 { | |
4567 if (*(ml_get(lnum) + leader1_len) == NUL) | |
4568 return FALSE; | |
4569 if (leader2_flags == NULL || leader2_len == 0) | |
4570 return FALSE; | |
4571 for (p = leader2_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
4572 if (*p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
4573 return TRUE; | |
4574 return FALSE; | |
4575 } | |
4576 } | |
4577 } | |
4578 | |
4579 /* | |
4580 * Get current line and next line, compare the leaders. | |
4581 * The first line has to be saved, only one line can be locked at a time. | |
4582 */ | |
4583 line1 = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); | |
4584 if (line1 != NULL) | |
4585 { | |
4586 for (idx1 = 0; vim_iswhite(line1[idx1]); ++idx1) | |
4587 ; | |
4588 line2 = ml_get(lnum + 1); | |
4589 for (idx2 = 0; idx2 < leader2_len; ++idx2) | |
4590 { | |
4591 if (!vim_iswhite(line2[idx2])) | |
4592 { | |
4593 if (line1[idx1++] != line2[idx2]) | |
4594 break; | |
4595 } | |
4596 else | |
4597 while (vim_iswhite(line1[idx1])) | |
4598 ++idx1; | |
4599 } | |
4600 vim_free(line1); | |
4601 } | |
4602 return (idx2 == leader2_len && idx1 == leader1_len); | |
4603 } | |
4604 #endif | |
4605 | |
4606 /* | |
3252 | 4607 * Implementation of the format operator 'gq'. |
7 | 4608 */ |
4609 void | |
4610 op_format(oap, keep_cursor) | |
4611 oparg_T *oap; | |
4612 int keep_cursor; /* keep cursor on same text char */ | |
4613 { | |
4614 long old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4615 | |
4616 /* Place the cursor where the "gq" or "gw" command was given, so that "u" | |
4617 * can put it back there. */ | |
4618 curwin->w_cursor = oap->cursor_start; | |
4619 | |
4620 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
4621 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
4622 return; | |
4623 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
4624 | |
4625 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4626 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4627 /* When there is no change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
4628 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
4629 #endif | |
4630 | |
4631 /* Set '[ mark at the start of the formatted area */ | |
4632 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
4633 | |
4634 /* For "gw" remember the cursor position and put it back below (adjusted | |
4635 * for joined and split lines). */ | |
4636 if (keep_cursor) | |
4637 saved_cursor = oap->cursor_start; | |
4638 | |
1563 | 4639 format_lines(oap->line_count, keep_cursor); |
7 | 4640 |
4641 /* | |
4642 * Leave the cursor at the first non-blank of the last formatted line. | |
4643 * If the cursor was moved one line back (e.g. with "Q}") go to the next | |
4644 * line, so "." will do the next lines. | |
4645 */ | |
4646 if (oap->end_adjusted && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4647 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4648 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
4649 old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; | |
4650 msgmore(old_line_count); | |
4651 | |
4652 /* put '] mark on the end of the formatted area */ | |
4653 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4654 | |
4655 if (keep_cursor) | |
4656 { | |
4657 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; | |
4658 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
4659 } | |
4660 | |
4661 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4662 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4663 { | |
4664 win_T *wp; | |
4665 | |
4666 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
4667 { | |
4668 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0) | |
4669 { | |
4670 /* When lines have been inserted or deleted, adjust the end of | |
4671 * the Visual area to be redrawn. */ | |
4672 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
4673 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum += old_line_count; | |
4674 else | |
4675 wp->w_old_visual_lnum += old_line_count; | |
4676 } | |
4677 } | |
4678 } | |
4679 #endif | |
4680 } | |
4681 | |
667 | 4682 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
4683 /* | |
4684 * Implementation of the format operator 'gq' for when using 'formatexpr'. | |
4685 */ | |
4686 void | |
4687 op_formatexpr(oap) | |
4688 oparg_T *oap; | |
4689 { | |
4690 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4691 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4692 /* When there is no change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
4693 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
4694 # endif | |
4695 | |
2298
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4696 if (fex_format(oap->start.lnum, oap->line_count, NUL) != 0) |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4697 /* As documented: when 'formatexpr' returns non-zero fall back to |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4698 * internal formatting. */ |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4699 op_format(oap, FALSE); |
667 | 4700 } |
4701 | |
4702 int | |
844 | 4703 fex_format(lnum, count, c) |
667 | 4704 linenr_T lnum; |
4705 long count; | |
844 | 4706 int c; /* character to be inserted */ |
667 | 4707 { |
681 | 4708 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"formatexpr", |
4709 OPT_LOCAL); | |
667 | 4710 int r; |
4711 | |
4712 /* | |
4713 * Set v:lnum to the first line number and v:count to the number of lines. | |
844 | 4714 * Set v:char to the character to be inserted (can be NUL). |
667 | 4715 */ |
4716 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, lnum); | |
4717 set_vim_var_nr(VV_COUNT, count); | |
1969 | 4718 set_vim_var_char(c); |
844 | 4719 |
667 | 4720 /* |
4721 * Evaluate the function. | |
4722 */ | |
4723 if (use_sandbox) | |
4724 ++sandbox; | |
4725 r = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_fex); | |
4726 if (use_sandbox) | |
4727 --sandbox; | |
844 | 4728 |
4729 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); | |
4730 | |
667 | 4731 return r; |
4732 } | |
4733 #endif | |
4734 | |
7 | 4735 /* |
4736 * Format "line_count" lines, starting at the cursor position. | |
4737 * When "line_count" is negative, format until the end of the paragraph. | |
4738 * Lines after the cursor line are saved for undo, caller must have saved the | |
4739 * first line. | |
4740 */ | |
4741 void | |
1563 | 4742 format_lines(line_count, avoid_fex) |
7 | 4743 linenr_T line_count; |
1563 | 4744 int avoid_fex; /* don't use 'formatexpr' */ |
7 | 4745 { |
4746 int max_len; | |
4747 int is_not_par; /* current line not part of parag. */ | |
4748 int next_is_not_par; /* next line not part of paragraph */ | |
4749 int is_end_par; /* at end of paragraph */ | |
4750 int prev_is_end_par = FALSE;/* prev. line not part of parag. */ | |
4751 int next_is_start_par = FALSE; | |
4752 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4753 int leader_len = 0; /* leader len of current line */ | |
4754 int next_leader_len; /* leader len of next line */ | |
4755 char_u *leader_flags = NULL; /* flags for leader of current line */ | |
4756 char_u *next_leader_flags; /* flags for leader of next line */ | |
4757 int do_comments; /* format comments */ | |
3584 | 4758 int do_comments_list = 0; /* format comments with 'n' or '2' */ |
7 | 4759 #endif |
4760 int advance = TRUE; | |
3584 | 4761 int second_indent = -1; /* indent for second line (comment |
4762 * aware) */ | |
7 | 4763 int do_second_indent; |
4764 int do_number_indent; | |
4765 int do_trail_white; | |
4766 int first_par_line = TRUE; | |
4767 int smd_save; | |
4768 long count; | |
4769 int need_set_indent = TRUE; /* set indent of next paragraph */ | |
4770 int force_format = FALSE; | |
4771 int old_State = State; | |
4772 | |
4773 /* length of a line to force formatting: 3 * 'tw' */ | |
4774 max_len = comp_textwidth(TRUE) * 3; | |
4775 | |
4776 /* check for 'q', '2' and '1' in 'formatoptions' */ | |
4777 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4778 do_comments = has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS); | |
4779 #endif | |
4780 do_second_indent = has_format_option(FO_Q_SECOND); | |
4781 do_number_indent = has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER); | |
4782 do_trail_white = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
4783 | |
4784 /* | |
4785 * Get info about the previous and current line. | |
4786 */ | |
4787 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
4788 is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1 | |
4789 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4790 , &leader_len, &leader_flags, do_comments | |
4791 #endif | |
4792 ); | |
4793 else | |
4794 is_not_par = TRUE; | |
4795 next_is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
4796 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4797 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
4798 #endif | |
4799 ); | |
4800 is_end_par = (is_not_par || next_is_not_par); | |
4801 if (!is_end_par && do_trail_white) | |
4802 is_end_par = !ends_in_white(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
4803 | |
4804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
4805 for (count = line_count; count != 0 && !got_int; --count) | |
4806 { | |
4807 /* | |
4808 * Advance to next paragraph. | |
4809 */ | |
4810 if (advance) | |
4811 { | |
4812 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
4813 prev_is_end_par = is_end_par; | |
4814 is_not_par = next_is_not_par; | |
4815 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4816 leader_len = next_leader_len; | |
4817 leader_flags = next_leader_flags; | |
4818 #endif | |
4819 } | |
4820 | |
4821 /* | |
4822 * The last line to be formatted. | |
4823 */ | |
4824 if (count == 1 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4825 { | |
4826 next_is_not_par = TRUE; | |
4827 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4828 next_leader_len = 0; | |
4829 next_leader_flags = NULL; | |
4830 #endif | |
4831 } | |
4832 else | |
4833 { | |
4834 next_is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1 | |
4835 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4836 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
4837 #endif | |
4838 ); | |
4839 if (do_number_indent) | |
4840 next_is_start_par = | |
4841 (get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1) > 0); | |
4842 } | |
4843 advance = TRUE; | |
4844 is_end_par = (is_not_par || next_is_not_par || next_is_start_par); | |
4845 if (!is_end_par && do_trail_white) | |
4846 is_end_par = !ends_in_white(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4847 | |
4848 /* | |
4849 * Skip lines that are not in a paragraph. | |
4850 */ | |
4851 if (is_not_par) | |
4852 { | |
4853 if (line_count < 0) | |
4854 break; | |
4855 } | |
4856 else | |
4857 { | |
4858 /* | |
4859 * For the first line of a paragraph, check indent of second line. | |
4860 * Don't do this for comments and empty lines. | |
4861 */ | |
4862 if (first_par_line | |
4863 && (do_second_indent || do_number_indent) | |
4864 && prev_is_end_par | |
3584 | 4865 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
4866 { | |
4867 if (do_second_indent && !lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) | |
4868 { | |
4869 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4870 if (leader_len == 0 && next_leader_len == 0) | |
4871 { | |
4872 /* no comment found */ | |
4873 #endif | |
4874 second_indent = | |
4875 get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1); | |
7 | 4876 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
3584 | 4877 } |
4878 else | |
4879 { | |
4880 second_indent = next_leader_len; | |
4881 do_comments_list = 1; | |
4882 } | |
4883 #endif | |
4884 } | |
7 | 4885 else if (do_number_indent) |
3584 | 4886 { |
4887 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4888 if (leader_len == 0 && next_leader_len == 0) | |
4889 { | |
4890 /* no comment found */ | |
4891 #endif | |
4892 second_indent = | |
4893 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4894 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4895 } | |
4896 else | |
4897 { | |
4898 /* get_number_indent() is now "comment aware"... */ | |
4899 second_indent = | |
4900 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4901 do_comments_list = 1; | |
4902 } | |
4903 #endif | |
4904 } | |
7 | 4905 } |
4906 | |
4907 /* | |
4908 * When the comment leader changes, it's the end of the paragraph. | |
4909 */ | |
4910 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
4911 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4912 || !same_leader(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
4913 leader_len, leader_flags, | |
4914 next_leader_len, next_leader_flags) | |
4915 #endif | |
4916 ) | |
4917 is_end_par = TRUE; | |
4918 | |
4919 /* | |
4920 * If we have got to the end of a paragraph, or the line is | |
4921 * getting long, format it. | |
4922 */ | |
4923 if (is_end_par || force_format) | |
4924 { | |
4925 if (need_set_indent) | |
4926 /* replace indent in first line with minimal number of | |
4927 * tabs and spaces, according to current options */ | |
4928 (void)set_indent(get_indent(), SIN_CHANGED); | |
4929 | |
4930 /* put cursor on last non-space */ | |
4931 State = NORMAL; /* don't go past end-of-line */ | |
4932 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
4933 while (curwin->w_cursor.col && vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
4934 dec_cursor(); | |
4935 | |
4936 /* do the formatting, without 'showmode' */ | |
4937 State = INSERT; /* for open_line() */ | |
4938 smd_save = p_smd; | |
4939 p_smd = FALSE; | |
4940 insertchar(NUL, INSCHAR_FORMAT | |
4941 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4942 + (do_comments ? INSCHAR_DO_COM : 0) | |
3584 | 4943 + (do_comments && do_comments_list |
4944 ? INSCHAR_COM_LIST : 0) | |
7 | 4945 #endif |
1563 | 4946 + (avoid_fex ? INSCHAR_NO_FEX : 0), second_indent); |
7 | 4947 State = old_State; |
4948 p_smd = smd_save; | |
4949 second_indent = -1; | |
4950 /* at end of par.: need to set indent of next par. */ | |
4951 need_set_indent = is_end_par; | |
4952 if (is_end_par) | |
4953 { | |
4954 /* When called with a negative line count, break at the | |
4955 * end of the paragraph. */ | |
4956 if (line_count < 0) | |
4957 break; | |
4958 first_par_line = TRUE; | |
4959 } | |
4960 force_format = FALSE; | |
4961 } | |
4962 | |
4963 /* | |
4964 * When still in same paragraph, join the lines together. But | |
4965 * first delete the comment leader from the second line. | |
4966 */ | |
4967 if (!is_end_par) | |
4968 { | |
4969 advance = FALSE; | |
4970 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
4971 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
4972 if (line_count < 0 && u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4973 break; |
7 | 4974 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
610 | 4975 (void)del_bytes((long)next_leader_len, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 4976 if (next_leader_len > 0) |
4977 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (colnr_T)0, 0L, | |
4978 (long)-next_leader_len); | |
4979 #endif | |
4980 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
3562 | 4981 if (do_join(2, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) |
7 | 4982 { |
4983 beep_flush(); | |
4984 break; | |
4985 } | |
4986 first_par_line = FALSE; | |
4987 /* If the line is getting long, format it next time */ | |
4988 if (STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) > (size_t)max_len) | |
4989 force_format = TRUE; | |
4990 else | |
4991 force_format = FALSE; | |
4992 } | |
4993 } | |
4994 line_breakcheck(); | |
4995 } | |
4996 } | |
4997 | |
4998 /* | |
4999 * Return TRUE if line "lnum" ends in a white character. | |
5000 */ | |
5001 static int | |
5002 ends_in_white(lnum) | |
5003 linenr_T lnum; | |
5004 { | |
5005 char_u *s = ml_get(lnum); | |
5006 size_t l; | |
5007 | |
5008 if (*s == NUL) | |
5009 return FALSE; | |
5010 /* Don't use STRLEN() inside vim_iswhite(), SAS/C complains: "macro | |
5011 * invocation may call function multiple times". */ | |
5012 l = STRLEN(s) - 1; | |
5013 return vim_iswhite(s[l]); | |
5014 } | |
5015 | |
5016 /* | |
5017 * Blank lines, and lines containing only the comment leader, are left | |
5018 * untouched by the formatting. The function returns TRUE in this | |
5019 * case. It also returns TRUE when a line starts with the end of a comment | |
5020 * ('e' in comment flags), so that this line is skipped, and not joined to the | |
5021 * previous line. A new paragraph starts after a blank line, or when the | |
5022 * comment leader changes -- webb. | |
5023 */ | |
5024 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5025 static int | |
5026 fmt_check_par(lnum, leader_len, leader_flags, do_comments) | |
5027 linenr_T lnum; | |
5028 int *leader_len; | |
5029 char_u **leader_flags; | |
5030 int do_comments; | |
5031 { | |
5032 char_u *flags = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
5033 char_u *ptr; | |
5034 | |
5035 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
5036 if (do_comments) | |
3562 | 5037 *leader_len = get_leader_len(ptr, leader_flags, FALSE, TRUE); |
7 | 5038 else |
5039 *leader_len = 0; | |
5040 | |
5041 if (*leader_len > 0) | |
5042 { | |
5043 /* | |
5044 * Search for 'e' flag in comment leader flags. | |
5045 */ | |
5046 flags = *leader_flags; | |
5047 while (*flags && *flags != ':' && *flags != COM_END) | |
5048 ++flags; | |
5049 } | |
5050 | |
5051 return (*skipwhite(ptr + *leader_len) == NUL | |
5052 || (*leader_len > 0 && *flags == COM_END) | |
5053 || startPS(lnum, NUL, FALSE)); | |
5054 } | |
5055 #else | |
5056 static int | |
5057 fmt_check_par(lnum) | |
5058 linenr_T lnum; | |
5059 { | |
5060 return (*skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)) == NUL || startPS(lnum, NUL, FALSE)); | |
5061 } | |
5062 #endif | |
5063 | |
5064 /* | |
5065 * Return TRUE when a paragraph starts in line "lnum". Return FALSE when the | |
5066 * previous line is in the same paragraph. Used for auto-formatting. | |
5067 */ | |
5068 int | |
5069 paragraph_start(lnum) | |
5070 linenr_T lnum; | |
5071 { | |
5072 char_u *p; | |
5073 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5074 int leader_len = 0; /* leader len of current line */ | |
5075 char_u *leader_flags = NULL; /* flags for leader of current line */ | |
5076 int next_leader_len; /* leader len of next line */ | |
5077 char_u *next_leader_flags; /* flags for leader of next line */ | |
5078 int do_comments; /* format comments */ | |
5079 #endif | |
5080 | |
5081 if (lnum <= 1) | |
5082 return TRUE; /* start of the file */ | |
5083 | |
5084 p = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
5085 if (*p == NUL) | |
5086 return TRUE; /* after empty line */ | |
5087 | |
5088 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5089 do_comments = has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS); | |
5090 #endif | |
5091 if (fmt_check_par(lnum - 1 | |
5092 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5093 , &leader_len, &leader_flags, do_comments | |
5094 #endif | |
5095 )) | |
5096 return TRUE; /* after non-paragraph line */ | |
5097 | |
5098 if (fmt_check_par(lnum | |
5099 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5100 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
5101 #endif | |
5102 )) | |
5103 return TRUE; /* "lnum" is not a paragraph line */ | |
5104 | |
5105 if (has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR) && !ends_in_white(lnum - 1)) | |
5106 return TRUE; /* missing trailing space in previous line. */ | |
5107 | |
5108 if (has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER) && (get_number_indent(lnum) > 0)) | |
5109 return TRUE; /* numbered item starts in "lnum". */ | |
5110 | |
5111 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5112 if (!same_leader(lnum - 1, leader_len, leader_flags, | |
5113 next_leader_len, next_leader_flags)) | |
5114 return TRUE; /* change of comment leader. */ | |
5115 #endif | |
5116 | |
5117 return FALSE; | |
5118 } | |
5119 | |
5120 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5121 /* | |
5122 * prepare a few things for block mode yank/delete/tilde | |
5123 * | |
5124 * for delete: | |
5125 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be (partly) deleted | |
5126 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns that are taken by the | |
5127 * first/last deleted char minus the number of columns that have to be | |
1839 | 5128 * deleted. |
5129 * for yank and tilde: | |
7 | 5130 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be wholly yanked |
5131 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns of the first/last yanked char | |
5132 * that are to be yanked. | |
5133 */ | |
5134 static void | |
5135 block_prep(oap, bdp, lnum, is_del) | |
5136 oparg_T *oap; | |
5137 struct block_def *bdp; | |
5138 linenr_T lnum; | |
5139 int is_del; | |
5140 { | |
5141 int incr = 0; | |
5142 char_u *pend; | |
5143 char_u *pstart; | |
5144 char_u *line; | |
5145 char_u *prev_pstart; | |
5146 char_u *prev_pend; | |
5147 | |
5148 bdp->startspaces = 0; | |
5149 bdp->endspaces = 0; | |
5150 bdp->textlen = 0; | |
5151 bdp->start_vcol = 0; | |
5152 bdp->end_vcol = 0; | |
5153 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5154 bdp->is_short = FALSE; | |
5155 bdp->is_oneChar = FALSE; | |
5156 bdp->pre_whitesp = 0; | |
5157 bdp->pre_whitesp_c = 0; | |
5158 bdp->end_char_vcols = 0; | |
5159 #endif | |
5160 bdp->start_char_vcols = 0; | |
5161 | |
5162 line = ml_get(lnum); | |
5163 pstart = line; | |
5164 prev_pstart = line; | |
5165 while (bdp->start_vcol < oap->start_vcol && *pstart) | |
5166 { | |
5167 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
5168 incr = lbr_chartabsize(pstart, (colnr_T)bdp->start_vcol); | |
5169 bdp->start_vcol += incr; | |
5170 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5171 if (vim_iswhite(*pstart)) | |
5172 { | |
5173 bdp->pre_whitesp += incr; | |
5174 bdp->pre_whitesp_c++; | |
5175 } | |
5176 else | |
5177 { | |
5178 bdp->pre_whitesp = 0; | |
5179 bdp->pre_whitesp_c = 0; | |
5180 } | |
5181 #endif | |
5182 prev_pstart = pstart; | |
39 | 5183 mb_ptr_adv(pstart); |
7 | 5184 } |
5185 bdp->start_char_vcols = incr; | |
5186 if (bdp->start_vcol < oap->start_vcol) /* line too short */ | |
5187 { | |
5188 bdp->end_vcol = bdp->start_vcol; | |
5189 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5190 bdp->is_short = TRUE; | |
5191 #endif | |
5192 if (!is_del || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
5193 bdp->endspaces = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
5194 } | |
5195 else | |
5196 { | |
5197 /* notice: this converts partly selected Multibyte characters to | |
5198 * spaces, too. */ | |
5199 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_vcol - oap->start_vcol; | |
5200 if (is_del && bdp->startspaces) | |
5201 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
5202 pend = pstart; | |
5203 bdp->end_vcol = bdp->start_vcol; | |
5204 if (bdp->end_vcol > oap->end_vcol) /* it's all in one character */ | |
5205 { | |
5206 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5207 bdp->is_oneChar = TRUE; | |
5208 #endif | |
5209 if (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT) | |
5210 bdp->endspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
5211 else if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
5212 { | |
5213 bdp->startspaces += oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
5214 bdp->endspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
5215 } | |
5216 else | |
5217 { | |
5218 bdp->startspaces = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
5219 if (is_del && oap->op_type != OP_LSHIFT) | |
5220 { | |
5221 /* just putting the sum of those two into | |
5222 * bdp->startspaces doesn't work for Visual replace, | |
5223 * so we have to split the tab in two */ | |
5224 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols | |
5225 - (bdp->start_vcol - oap->start_vcol); | |
5226 bdp->endspaces = bdp->end_vcol - oap->end_vcol - 1; | |
5227 } | |
5228 } | |
5229 } | |
5230 else | |
5231 { | |
5232 prev_pend = pend; | |
5233 while (bdp->end_vcol <= oap->end_vcol && *pend != NUL) | |
5234 { | |
5235 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
5236 prev_pend = pend; | |
5237 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&pend, (colnr_T)bdp->end_vcol); | |
5238 bdp->end_vcol += incr; | |
5239 } | |
5240 if (bdp->end_vcol <= oap->end_vcol | |
5241 && (!is_del | |
5242 || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
5243 || oap->op_type == OP_REPLACE)) /* line too short */ | |
5244 { | |
5245 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5246 bdp->is_short = TRUE; | |
5247 #endif | |
5248 /* Alternative: include spaces to fill up the block. | |
5249 * Disadvantage: can lead to trailing spaces when the line is | |
5250 * short where the text is put */ | |
5251 /* if (!is_del || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) */ | |
5252 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND || virtual_op) | |
5253 bdp->endspaces = oap->end_vcol - bdp->end_vcol | |
593 | 5254 + oap->inclusive; |
7 | 5255 else |
5256 bdp->endspaces = 0; /* replace doesn't add characters */ | |
5257 } | |
5258 else if (bdp->end_vcol > oap->end_vcol) | |
5259 { | |
5260 bdp->endspaces = bdp->end_vcol - oap->end_vcol - 1; | |
5261 if (!is_del && bdp->endspaces) | |
5262 { | |
5263 bdp->endspaces = incr - bdp->endspaces; | |
5264 if (pend != pstart) | |
5265 pend = prev_pend; | |
5266 } | |
5267 } | |
5268 } | |
5269 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5270 bdp->end_char_vcols = incr; | |
5271 #endif | |
5272 if (is_del && bdp->startspaces) | |
5273 pstart = prev_pstart; | |
5274 bdp->textlen = (int)(pend - pstart); | |
5275 } | |
5276 bdp->textcol = (colnr_T) (pstart - line); | |
5277 bdp->textstart = pstart; | |
5278 } | |
5279 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
5280 | |
5281 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5282 static void reverse_line __ARGS((char_u *s)); | |
5283 | |
5284 static void | |
5285 reverse_line(s) | |
5286 char_u *s; | |
5287 { | |
5288 int i, j; | |
5289 char_u c; | |
5290 | |
5291 if ((i = (int)STRLEN(s) - 1) <= 0) | |
5292 return; | |
5293 | |
5294 curwin->w_cursor.col = i - curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5295 for (j = 0; j < i; j++, i--) | |
5296 { | |
5297 c = s[i]; s[i] = s[j]; s[j] = c; | |
5298 } | |
5299 } | |
5300 | |
5301 # define RLADDSUBFIX(ptr) if (curwin->w_p_rl) reverse_line(ptr); | |
5302 #else | |
5303 # define RLADDSUBFIX(ptr) | |
5304 #endif | |
5305 | |
5306 /* | |
5307 * add or subtract 'Prenum1' from a number in a line | |
5308 * 'command' is CTRL-A for add, CTRL-X for subtract | |
5309 * | |
5310 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
5311 */ | |
5312 int | |
5313 do_addsub(command, Prenum1) | |
5314 int command; | |
5315 linenr_T Prenum1; | |
5316 { | |
5317 int col; | |
5318 char_u *buf1; | |
5319 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; | |
5320 int hex; /* 'X' or 'x': hex; '0': octal */ | |
5321 static int hexupper = FALSE; /* 0xABC */ | |
835 | 5322 unsigned long n; |
7 | 5323 long_u oldn; |
5324 char_u *ptr; | |
5325 int c; | |
5326 int length = 0; /* character length of the number */ | |
5327 int todel; | |
5328 int dohex; | |
5329 int dooct; | |
5330 int doalp; | |
5331 int firstdigit; | |
5332 int negative; | |
5333 int subtract; | |
5334 | |
5335 dohex = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'x') != NULL); /* "heX" */ | |
5336 dooct = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'o') != NULL); /* "Octal" */ | |
5337 doalp = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'p') != NULL); /* "alPha" */ | |
5338 | |
5339 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
5340 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5341 | |
5342 /* | |
5343 * First check if we are on a hexadecimal number, after the "0x". | |
5344 */ | |
5345 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5346 if (dohex) | |
5347 while (col > 0 && vim_isxdigit(ptr[col])) | |
5348 --col; | |
5349 if ( dohex | |
5350 && col > 0 | |
5351 && (ptr[col] == 'X' | |
5352 || ptr[col] == 'x') | |
5353 && ptr[col - 1] == '0' | |
5354 && vim_isxdigit(ptr[col + 1])) | |
5355 { | |
5356 /* | |
5357 * Found hexadecimal number, move to its start. | |
5358 */ | |
5359 --col; | |
5360 } | |
5361 else | |
5362 { | |
5363 /* | |
5364 * Search forward and then backward to find the start of number. | |
5365 */ | |
5366 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5367 | |
5368 while (ptr[col] != NUL | |
5369 && !vim_isdigit(ptr[col]) | |
5370 && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(ptr[col]))) | |
5371 ++col; | |
5372 | |
5373 while (col > 0 | |
5374 && vim_isdigit(ptr[col - 1]) | |
5375 && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(ptr[col]))) | |
5376 --col; | |
5377 } | |
5378 | |
5379 /* | |
5380 * If a number was found, and saving for undo works, replace the number. | |
5381 */ | |
5382 firstdigit = ptr[col]; | |
5383 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5384 if ((!VIM_ISDIGIT(firstdigit) && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(firstdigit))) | |
5385 || u_save_cursor() != OK) | |
5386 { | |
5387 beep_flush(); | |
5388 return FAIL; | |
5389 } | |
5390 | |
5391 /* get ptr again, because u_save() may have changed it */ | |
5392 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
5393 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5394 | |
5395 if (doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(firstdigit)) | |
5396 { | |
5397 /* decrement or increment alphabetic character */ | |
5398 if (command == Ctrl_X) | |
5399 { | |
5400 if (CharOrd(firstdigit) < Prenum1) | |
5401 { | |
5402 if (isupper(firstdigit)) | |
5403 firstdigit = 'A'; | |
5404 else | |
5405 firstdigit = 'a'; | |
5406 } | |
5407 else | |
5408 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5409 firstdigit = EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(firstdigit, -Prenum1); | |
5410 #else | |
5411 firstdigit -= Prenum1; | |
5412 #endif | |
5413 } | |
5414 else | |
5415 { | |
5416 if (26 - CharOrd(firstdigit) - 1 < Prenum1) | |
5417 { | |
5418 if (isupper(firstdigit)) | |
5419 firstdigit = 'Z'; | |
5420 else | |
5421 firstdigit = 'z'; | |
5422 } | |
5423 else | |
5424 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5425 firstdigit = EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(firstdigit, Prenum1); | |
5426 #else | |
5427 firstdigit += Prenum1; | |
5428 #endif | |
5429 } | |
5430 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5431 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
5432 ins_char(firstdigit); | |
5433 } | |
5434 else | |
5435 { | |
5436 negative = FALSE; | |
5437 if (col > 0 && ptr[col - 1] == '-') /* negative number */ | |
5438 { | |
5439 --col; | |
5440 negative = TRUE; | |
5441 } | |
5442 | |
5443 /* get the number value (unsigned) */ | |
5444 vim_str2nr(ptr + col, &hex, &length, dooct, dohex, NULL, &n); | |
5445 | |
5446 /* ignore leading '-' for hex and octal numbers */ | |
5447 if (hex && negative) | |
5448 { | |
5449 ++col; | |
5450 --length; | |
5451 negative = FALSE; | |
5452 } | |
5453 | |
5454 /* add or subtract */ | |
5455 subtract = FALSE; | |
5456 if (command == Ctrl_X) | |
5457 subtract ^= TRUE; | |
5458 if (negative) | |
5459 subtract ^= TRUE; | |
5460 | |
5461 oldn = n; | |
5462 if (subtract) | |
5463 n -= (unsigned long)Prenum1; | |
5464 else | |
5465 n += (unsigned long)Prenum1; | |
5466 | |
5467 /* handle wraparound for decimal numbers */ | |
5468 if (!hex) | |
5469 { | |
5470 if (subtract) | |
5471 { | |
5472 if (n > oldn) | |
5473 { | |
5474 n = 1 + (n ^ (unsigned long)-1); | |
5475 negative ^= TRUE; | |
5476 } | |
5477 } | |
5478 else /* add */ | |
5479 { | |
5480 if (n < oldn) | |
5481 { | |
5482 n = (n ^ (unsigned long)-1); | |
5483 negative ^= TRUE; | |
5484 } | |
5485 } | |
5486 if (n == 0) | |
5487 negative = FALSE; | |
5488 } | |
5489 | |
5490 /* | |
5491 * Delete the old number. | |
5492 */ | |
5493 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5494 todel = length; | |
5495 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
5496 /* | |
5497 * Don't include the '-' in the length, only the length of the part | |
5498 * after it is kept the same. | |
5499 */ | |
5500 if (c == '-') | |
5501 --length; | |
5502 while (todel-- > 0) | |
5503 { | |
5504 if (c < 0x100 && isalpha(c)) | |
5505 { | |
5506 if (isupper(c)) | |
5507 hexupper = TRUE; | |
5508 else | |
5509 hexupper = FALSE; | |
5510 } | |
5511 /* del_char() will mark line needing displaying */ | |
5512 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
5513 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
5514 } | |
5515 | |
5516 /* | |
5517 * Prepare the leading characters in buf1[]. | |
5518 * When there are many leading zeros it could be very long. Allocate | |
5519 * a bit too much. | |
5520 */ | |
5521 buf1 = alloc((unsigned)length + NUMBUFLEN); | |
5522 if (buf1 == NULL) | |
5523 return FAIL; | |
5524 ptr = buf1; | |
5525 if (negative) | |
5526 { | |
5527 *ptr++ = '-'; | |
5528 } | |
5529 if (hex) | |
5530 { | |
5531 *ptr++ = '0'; | |
5532 --length; | |
5533 } | |
5534 if (hex == 'x' || hex == 'X') | |
5535 { | |
5536 *ptr++ = hex; | |
5537 --length; | |
5538 } | |
5539 | |
5540 /* | |
5541 * Put the number characters in buf2[]. | |
5542 */ | |
5543 if (hex == 0) | |
5544 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lu", n); | |
5545 else if (hex == '0') | |
5546 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lo", n); | |
5547 else if (hex && hexupper) | |
5548 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lX", n); | |
5549 else | |
5550 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lx", n); | |
5551 length -= (int)STRLEN(buf2); | |
5552 | |
5553 /* | |
39 | 5554 * Adjust number of zeros to the new number of digits, so the |
5555 * total length of the number remains the same. | |
5556 * Don't do this when | |
5557 * the result may look like an octal number. | |
7 | 5558 */ |
39 | 5559 if (firstdigit == '0' && !(dooct && hex == 0)) |
7 | 5560 while (length-- > 0) |
5561 *ptr++ = '0'; | |
5562 *ptr = NUL; | |
5563 STRCAT(buf1, buf2); | |
5564 ins_str(buf1); /* insert the new number */ | |
5565 vim_free(buf1); | |
5566 } | |
5567 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5568 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
5569 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5570 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); | |
5571 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5572 #endif | |
5573 return OK; | |
5574 } | |
5575 | |
5576 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
5577 int | |
5578 read_viminfo_register(virp, force) | |
5579 vir_T *virp; | |
5580 int force; | |
5581 { | |
5582 int eof; | |
5583 int do_it = TRUE; | |
5584 int size; | |
5585 int limit; | |
5586 int i; | |
5587 int set_prev = FALSE; | |
5588 char_u *str; | |
5589 char_u **array = NULL; | |
5590 | |
5591 /* We only get here (hopefully) if line[0] == '"' */ | |
5592 str = virp->vir_line + 1; | |
1893 | 5593 |
5594 /* If the line starts with "" this is the y_previous register. */ | |
7 | 5595 if (*str == '"') |
5596 { | |
5597 set_prev = TRUE; | |
5598 str++; | |
5599 } | |
1893 | 5600 |
7 | 5601 if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*str) && *str != '-') |
5602 { | |
5603 if (viminfo_error("E577: ", _("Illegal register name"), virp->vir_line)) | |
5604 return TRUE; /* too many errors, pretend end-of-file */ | |
5605 do_it = FALSE; | |
5606 } | |
5607 get_yank_register(*str++, FALSE); | |
5608 if (!force && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
5609 do_it = FALSE; | |
1893 | 5610 |
5611 if (*str == '@') | |
5612 { | |
5613 /* "x@: register x used for @@ */ | |
5614 if (force || execreg_lastc == NUL) | |
5615 execreg_lastc = str[-1]; | |
5616 } | |
5617 | |
7 | 5618 size = 0; |
5619 limit = 100; /* Optimized for registers containing <= 100 lines */ | |
5620 if (do_it) | |
5621 { | |
5622 if (set_prev) | |
5623 y_previous = y_current; | |
5624 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
5625 array = y_current->y_array = | |
5626 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(limit * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
1893 | 5627 str = skipwhite(skiptowhite(str)); |
7 | 5628 if (STRNCMP(str, "CHAR", 4) == 0) |
5629 y_current->y_type = MCHAR; | |
5630 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5631 else if (STRNCMP(str, "BLOCK", 5) == 0) | |
5632 y_current->y_type = MBLOCK; | |
5633 #endif | |
5634 else | |
5635 y_current->y_type = MLINE; | |
5636 /* get the block width; if it's missing we get a zero, which is OK */ | |
5637 str = skipwhite(skiptowhite(str)); | |
5638 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5639 y_current->y_width = getdigits(&str); | |
5640 #else | |
5641 (void)getdigits(&str); | |
5642 #endif | |
5643 } | |
5644 | |
5645 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(virp)) | |
5646 && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB || virp->vir_line[0] == '<')) | |
5647 { | |
5648 if (do_it) | |
5649 { | |
5650 if (size >= limit) | |
5651 { | |
5652 y_current->y_array = (char_u **) | |
5653 alloc((unsigned)(limit * 2 * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
5654 for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) | |
5655 y_current->y_array[i] = array[i]; | |
5656 vim_free(array); | |
5657 limit *= 2; | |
5658 array = y_current->y_array; | |
5659 } | |
5660 str = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); | |
5661 if (str != NULL) | |
5662 array[size++] = str; | |
5663 else | |
5664 do_it = FALSE; | |
5665 } | |
5666 } | |
5667 if (do_it) | |
5668 { | |
5669 if (size == 0) | |
5670 { | |
5671 vim_free(array); | |
5672 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
5673 } | |
5674 else if (size < limit) | |
5675 { | |
5676 y_current->y_array = | |
5677 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(size * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
5678 for (i = 0; i < size; i++) | |
5679 y_current->y_array[i] = array[i]; | |
5680 vim_free(array); | |
5681 } | |
5682 y_current->y_size = size; | |
5683 } | |
5684 return eof; | |
5685 } | |
5686 | |
5687 void | |
5688 write_viminfo_registers(fp) | |
5689 FILE *fp; | |
5690 { | |
5691 int i, j; | |
5692 char_u *type; | |
5693 char_u c; | |
5694 int num_lines; | |
5695 int max_num_lines; | |
5696 int max_kbyte; | |
5697 long len; | |
5698 | |
2278
0b3be97064e5
Various small fixes from Dominique Pelle.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
5699 fputs(_("\n# Registers:\n"), fp); |
7 | 5700 |
5701 /* Get '<' value, use old '"' value if '<' is not found. */ | |
5702 max_num_lines = get_viminfo_parameter('<'); | |
5703 if (max_num_lines < 0) | |
5704 max_num_lines = get_viminfo_parameter('"'); | |
5705 if (max_num_lines == 0) | |
5706 return; | |
5707 max_kbyte = get_viminfo_parameter('s'); | |
5708 if (max_kbyte == 0) | |
5709 return; | |
1893 | 5710 |
7 | 5711 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; i++) |
5712 { | |
5713 if (y_regs[i].y_array == NULL) | |
5714 continue; | |
5715 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
5716 /* Skip '*'/'+' register, we don't want them back next time */ | |
5717 if (i == STAR_REGISTER || i == PLUS_REGISTER) | |
5718 continue; | |
5719 #endif | |
5720 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
5721 /* Neither do we want the '~' register */ | |
5722 if (i == TILDE_REGISTER) | |
5723 continue; | |
5724 #endif | |
55 | 5725 /* Skip empty registers. */ |
7 | 5726 num_lines = y_regs[i].y_size; |
55 | 5727 if (num_lines == 0 |
5728 || (num_lines == 1 && y_regs[i].y_type == MCHAR | |
2278
0b3be97064e5
Various small fixes from Dominique Pelle.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
5729 && *y_regs[i].y_array[0] == NUL)) |
55 | 5730 continue; |
5731 | |
7 | 5732 if (max_kbyte > 0) |
5733 { | |
5734 /* Skip register if there is more text than the maximum size. */ | |
5735 len = 0; | |
5736 for (j = 0; j < num_lines; j++) | |
835 | 5737 len += (long)STRLEN(y_regs[i].y_array[j]) + 1L; |
7 | 5738 if (len > (long)max_kbyte * 1024L) |
5739 continue; | |
5740 } | |
5741 | |
5742 switch (y_regs[i].y_type) | |
5743 { | |
5744 case MLINE: | |
5745 type = (char_u *)"LINE"; | |
5746 break; | |
5747 case MCHAR: | |
5748 type = (char_u *)"CHAR"; | |
5749 break; | |
5750 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5751 case MBLOCK: | |
5752 type = (char_u *)"BLOCK"; | |
5753 break; | |
5754 #endif | |
5755 default: | |
5756 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("E574: Unknown register type %d"), | |
274 | 5757 y_regs[i].y_type); |
7 | 5758 emsg(IObuff); |
5759 type = (char_u *)"LINE"; | |
5760 break; | |
5761 } | |
5762 if (y_previous == &y_regs[i]) | |
5763 fprintf(fp, "\""); | |
5764 c = get_register_name(i); | |
1893 | 5765 fprintf(fp, "\"%c", c); |
5766 if (c == execreg_lastc) | |
5767 fprintf(fp, "@"); | |
5768 fprintf(fp, "\t%s\t%d\n", type, | |
7 | 5769 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
5770 (int)y_regs[i].y_width | |
5771 #else | |
5772 0 | |
5773 #endif | |
5774 ); | |
5775 | |
5776 /* If max_num_lines < 0, then we save ALL the lines in the register */ | |
5777 if (max_num_lines > 0 && num_lines > max_num_lines) | |
5778 num_lines = max_num_lines; | |
5779 for (j = 0; j < num_lines; j++) | |
5780 { | |
5781 putc('\t', fp); | |
5782 viminfo_writestring(fp, y_regs[i].y_array[j]); | |
5783 } | |
5784 } | |
5785 } | |
5786 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ | |
5787 | |
5788 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) | |
5789 /* | |
5790 * SELECTION / PRIMARY ('*') | |
5791 * | |
5792 * Text selection stuff that uses the GUI selection register '*'. When using a | |
5793 * GUI this may be text from another window, otherwise it is the last text we | |
5794 * had highlighted with VIsual mode. With mouse support, clicking the middle | |
5795 * button performs the paste, otherwise you will need to do <"*p>. " | |
5796 * If not under X, it is synonymous with the clipboard register '+'. | |
5797 * | |
5798 * X CLIPBOARD ('+') | |
5799 * | |
5800 * Text selection stuff that uses the GUI clipboard register '+'. | |
5801 * Under X, this matches the standard cut/paste buffer CLIPBOARD selection. | |
5802 * It will be used for unnamed cut/pasting is 'clipboard' contains "unnamed", | |
5803 * otherwise you will need to do <"+p>. " | |
5804 * If not under X, it is synonymous with the selection register '*'. | |
5805 */ | |
5806 | |
5807 /* | |
5808 * Routine to export any final X selection we had to the environment | |
5809 * so that the text is still available after vim has exited. X selections | |
5810 * only exist while the owning application exists, so we write to the | |
5811 * permanent (while X runs) store CUT_BUFFER0. | |
5812 * Dump the CLIPBOARD selection if we own it (it's logically the more | |
5813 * 'permanent' of the two), otherwise the PRIMARY one. | |
5814 * For now, use a hard-coded sanity limit of 1Mb of data. | |
5815 */ | |
5816 #if defined(FEAT_X11) && defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
5817 void | |
5818 x11_export_final_selection() | |
5819 { | |
5820 Display *dpy; | |
5821 char_u *str = NULL; | |
5822 long_u len = 0; | |
5823 int motion_type = -1; | |
5824 | |
5825 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5826 if (gui.in_use) | |
5827 dpy = X_DISPLAY; | |
5828 else | |
5829 # endif | |
5830 # ifdef FEAT_XCLIPBOARD | |
5831 dpy = xterm_dpy; | |
5832 # else | |
5833 return; | |
5834 # endif | |
5835 | |
5836 /* Get selection to export */ | |
5837 if (clip_plus.owned) | |
5838 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &len, &clip_plus); | |
5839 else if (clip_star.owned) | |
5840 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &len, &clip_star); | |
5841 | |
5842 /* Check it's OK */ | |
5843 if (dpy != NULL && str != NULL && motion_type >= 0 | |
5844 && len < 1024*1024 && len > 0) | |
5845 { | |
1924 | 5846 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
4201 | 5847 int ok = TRUE; |
5848 | |
1924 | 5849 /* The CUT_BUFFER0 is supposed to always contain latin1. Convert from |
5850 * 'enc' when it is a multi-byte encoding. When 'enc' is an 8-bit | |
5851 * encoding conversion usually doesn't work, so keep the text as-is. | |
5852 */ | |
5853 if (has_mbyte) | |
5854 { | |
5855 vimconv_T vc; | |
5856 | |
5857 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
5858 if (convert_setup(&vc, p_enc, (char_u *)"latin1") == OK) | |
5859 { | |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2007
diff
changeset
|
5860 int intlen = len; |
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2007
diff
changeset
|
5861 char_u *conv_str; |
2007 | 5862 |
4201 | 5863 vc.vc_fail = TRUE; |
2007 | 5864 conv_str = string_convert(&vc, str, &intlen); |
5865 len = intlen; | |
1924 | 5866 if (conv_str != NULL) |
5867 { | |
5868 vim_free(str); | |
5869 str = conv_str; | |
5870 } | |
4201 | 5871 else |
5872 { | |
5873 ok = FALSE; | |
5874 } | |
1924 | 5875 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); |
5876 } | |
4201 | 5877 else |
5878 { | |
5879 ok = FALSE; | |
5880 } | |
1924 | 5881 } |
4201 | 5882 |
5883 /* Do not store the string if conversion failed. Better to use any | |
5884 * other selection than garbled text. */ | |
5885 if (ok) | |
5886 #endif | |
5887 { | |
5888 XStoreBuffer(dpy, (char *)str, (int)len, 0); | |
5889 XFlush(dpy); | |
5890 } | |
7 | 5891 } |
5892 | |
5893 vim_free(str); | |
5894 } | |
5895 #endif | |
5896 | |
5897 void | |
5898 clip_free_selection(cbd) | |
5899 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5900 { | |
5901 struct yankreg *y_ptr = y_current; | |
5902 | |
5903 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
5904 y_current = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
5905 else | |
5906 y_current = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
5907 free_yank_all(); | |
5908 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
5909 y_current = y_ptr; | |
5910 } | |
5911 | |
5912 /* | |
5913 * Get the selected text and put it in the gui selection register '*' or '+'. | |
5914 */ | |
5915 void | |
5916 clip_get_selection(cbd) | |
5917 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5918 { | |
5919 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
5920 pos_T old_cursor; | |
5921 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5922 pos_T old_visual; | |
5923 int old_visual_mode; | |
5924 #endif | |
5925 colnr_T old_curswant; | |
5926 int old_set_curswant; | |
5927 pos_T old_op_start, old_op_end; | |
5928 oparg_T oa; | |
5929 cmdarg_T ca; | |
5930 | |
5931 if (cbd->owned) | |
5932 { | |
5933 if ((cbd == &clip_plus && y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER].y_array != NULL) | |
5934 || (cbd == &clip_star && y_regs[STAR_REGISTER].y_array != NULL)) | |
5935 return; | |
5936 | |
5937 /* Get the text between clip_star.start & clip_star.end */ | |
5938 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
5939 old_y_current = y_current; | |
5940 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
5941 old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; | |
5942 old_set_curswant = curwin->w_set_curswant; | |
5943 old_op_start = curbuf->b_op_start; | |
5944 old_op_end = curbuf->b_op_end; | |
5945 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5946 old_visual = VIsual; | |
5947 old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
5948 #endif | |
5949 clear_oparg(&oa); | |
5950 oa.regname = (cbd == &clip_plus ? '+' : '*'); | |
5951 oa.op_type = OP_YANK; | |
5952 vim_memset(&ca, 0, sizeof(ca)); | |
5953 ca.oap = &oa; | |
5954 ca.cmdchar = 'y'; | |
5955 ca.count1 = 1; | |
5956 ca.retval = CA_NO_ADJ_OP_END; | |
5957 do_pending_operator(&ca, 0, TRUE); | |
5958 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
5959 y_current = old_y_current; | |
5960 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
688 | 5961 changed_cline_bef_curs(); /* need to update w_virtcol et al */ |
7 | 5962 curwin->w_curswant = old_curswant; |
5963 curwin->w_set_curswant = old_set_curswant; | |
5964 curbuf->b_op_start = old_op_start; | |
5965 curbuf->b_op_end = old_op_end; | |
5966 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5967 VIsual = old_visual; | |
5968 VIsual_mode = old_visual_mode; | |
5969 #endif | |
5970 } | |
5971 else | |
5972 { | |
5973 clip_free_selection(cbd); | |
5974 | |
5975 /* Try to get selected text from another window */ | |
5976 clip_gen_request_selection(cbd); | |
5977 } | |
5978 } | |
5979 | |
2896 | 5980 /* |
5981 * Convert from the GUI selection string into the '*'/'+' register. | |
5982 */ | |
7 | 5983 void |
5984 clip_yank_selection(type, str, len, cbd) | |
5985 int type; | |
5986 char_u *str; | |
5987 long len; | |
5988 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5989 { | |
5990 struct yankreg *y_ptr; | |
5991 | |
5992 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
5993 y_ptr = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
5994 else | |
5995 y_ptr = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
5996 | |
5997 clip_free_selection(cbd); | |
5998 | |
5999 str_to_reg(y_ptr, type, str, len, 0L); | |
6000 } | |
6001 | |
6002 /* | |
6003 * Convert the '*'/'+' register into a GUI selection string returned in *str | |
6004 * with length *len. | |
6005 * Returns the motion type, or -1 for failure. | |
6006 */ | |
6007 int | |
6008 clip_convert_selection(str, len, cbd) | |
6009 char_u **str; | |
6010 long_u *len; | |
6011 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
6012 { | |
6013 char_u *p; | |
6014 int lnum; | |
6015 int i, j; | |
6016 int_u eolsize; | |
6017 struct yankreg *y_ptr; | |
6018 | |
6019 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
6020 y_ptr = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
6021 else | |
6022 y_ptr = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
6023 | |
6024 #ifdef USE_CRNL | |
6025 eolsize = 2; | |
6026 #else | |
6027 eolsize = 1; | |
6028 #endif | |
6029 | |
6030 *str = NULL; | |
6031 *len = 0; | |
6032 if (y_ptr->y_array == NULL) | |
6033 return -1; | |
6034 | |
6035 for (i = 0; i < y_ptr->y_size; i++) | |
6036 *len += (long_u)STRLEN(y_ptr->y_array[i]) + eolsize; | |
6037 | |
6038 /* | |
6039 * Don't want newline character at end of last line if we're in MCHAR mode. | |
6040 */ | |
6041 if (y_ptr->y_type == MCHAR && *len >= eolsize) | |
6042 *len -= eolsize; | |
6043 | |
6044 p = *str = lalloc(*len + 1, TRUE); /* add one to avoid zero */ | |
6045 if (p == NULL) | |
6046 return -1; | |
6047 lnum = 0; | |
6048 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < (int)*len; i++, j++) | |
6049 { | |
6050 if (y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j] == '\n') | |
6051 p[i] = NUL; | |
6052 else if (y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j] == NUL) | |
6053 { | |
6054 #ifdef USE_CRNL | |
6055 p[i++] = '\r'; | |
6056 #endif | |
6057 #ifdef USE_CR | |
6058 p[i] = '\r'; | |
6059 #else | |
6060 p[i] = '\n'; | |
6061 #endif | |
6062 lnum++; | |
6063 j = -1; | |
6064 } | |
6065 else | |
6066 p[i] = y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j]; | |
6067 } | |
6068 return y_ptr->y_type; | |
6069 } | |
6070 | |
6071 | |
6072 # if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
6073 /* | |
6074 * If we have written to a clipboard register, send the text to the clipboard. | |
6075 */ | |
6076 static void | |
6077 may_set_selection() | |
6078 { | |
6079 if (y_current == &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]) && clip_star.available) | |
6080 { | |
6081 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
6082 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
6083 } | |
6084 else if (y_current == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]) && clip_plus.available) | |
6085 { | |
6086 clip_own_selection(&clip_plus); | |
6087 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_plus); | |
6088 } | |
6089 } | |
6090 # endif | |
6091 | |
6092 #endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD || PROTO */ | |
6093 | |
6094 | |
6095 #if defined(FEAT_DND) || defined(PROTO) | |
6096 /* | |
6097 * Replace the contents of the '~' register with str. | |
6098 */ | |
6099 void | |
6100 dnd_yank_drag_data(str, len) | |
6101 char_u *str; | |
6102 long len; | |
6103 { | |
6104 struct yankreg *curr; | |
6105 | |
6106 curr = y_current; | |
6107 y_current = &y_regs[TILDE_REGISTER]; | |
6108 free_yank_all(); | |
6109 str_to_reg(y_current, MCHAR, str, len, 0L); | |
6110 y_current = curr; | |
6111 } | |
6112 #endif | |
6113 | |
6114 | |
6115 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
6116 /* | |
6117 * Return the type of a register. | |
6118 * Used for getregtype() | |
6119 * Returns MAUTO for error. | |
6120 */ | |
6121 char_u | |
6122 get_reg_type(regname, reglen) | |
6123 int regname; | |
6124 long *reglen; | |
6125 { | |
6126 switch (regname) | |
6127 { | |
6128 case '%': /* file name */ | |
6129 case '#': /* alternate file name */ | |
6130 case '=': /* expression */ | |
6131 case ':': /* last command line */ | |
6132 case '/': /* last search-pattern */ | |
6133 case '.': /* last inserted text */ | |
6134 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
6135 case Ctrl_F: /* Filename under cursor */ | |
6136 case Ctrl_P: /* Path under cursor, expand via "path" */ | |
6137 #endif | |
6138 case Ctrl_W: /* word under cursor */ | |
6139 case Ctrl_A: /* WORD (mnemonic All) under cursor */ | |
6140 case '_': /* black hole: always empty */ | |
6141 return MCHAR; | |
6142 } | |
6143 | |
6144 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
6145 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
6146 #endif | |
6147 | |
6148 /* Should we check for a valid name? */ | |
6149 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
6150 | |
6151 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
6152 { | |
6153 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6154 if (reglen != NULL && y_current->y_type == MBLOCK) | |
6155 *reglen = y_current->y_width; | |
6156 #endif | |
6157 return y_current->y_type; | |
6158 } | |
6159 return MAUTO; | |
6160 } | |
6161 | |
6162 /* | |
6163 * Return the contents of a register as a single allocated string. | |
6164 * Used for "@r" in expressions and for getreg(). | |
6165 * Returns NULL for error. | |
6166 */ | |
6167 char_u * | |
283 | 6168 get_reg_contents(regname, allowexpr, expr_src) |
7 | 6169 int regname; |
283 | 6170 int allowexpr; /* allow "=" register */ |
6171 int expr_src; /* get expression for "=" register */ | |
7 | 6172 { |
6173 long i; | |
6174 char_u *retval; | |
6175 int allocated; | |
6176 long len; | |
6177 | |
6178 /* Don't allow using an expression register inside an expression */ | |
6179 if (regname == '=') | |
6180 { | |
6181 if (allowexpr) | |
283 | 6182 { |
6183 if (expr_src) | |
6184 return get_expr_line_src(); | |
7 | 6185 return get_expr_line(); |
283 | 6186 } |
7 | 6187 return NULL; |
6188 } | |
6189 | |
6190 if (regname == '@') /* "@@" is used for unnamed register */ | |
6191 regname = '"'; | |
6192 | |
6193 /* check for valid regname */ | |
6194 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
6195 return NULL; | |
6196 | |
6197 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
6198 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
6199 #endif | |
6200 | |
6201 if (get_spec_reg(regname, &retval, &allocated, FALSE)) | |
6202 { | |
6203 if (retval == NULL) | |
6204 return NULL; | |
6205 if (!allocated) | |
6206 retval = vim_strsave(retval); | |
6207 return retval; | |
6208 } | |
6209 | |
6210 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
6211 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
6212 return NULL; | |
6213 | |
6214 /* | |
6215 * Compute length of resulting string. | |
6216 */ | |
6217 len = 0; | |
6218 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
6219 { | |
6220 len += (long)STRLEN(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
6221 /* | |
6222 * Insert a newline between lines and after last line if | |
6223 * y_type is MLINE. | |
6224 */ | |
6225 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
6226 ++len; | |
6227 } | |
6228 | |
6229 retval = lalloc(len + 1, TRUE); | |
6230 | |
6231 /* | |
6232 * Copy the lines of the yank register into the string. | |
6233 */ | |
6234 if (retval != NULL) | |
6235 { | |
6236 len = 0; | |
6237 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
6238 { | |
6239 STRCPY(retval + len, y_current->y_array[i]); | |
6240 len += (long)STRLEN(retval + len); | |
6241 | |
6242 /* | |
6243 * Insert a NL between lines and after the last line if y_type is | |
6244 * MLINE. | |
6245 */ | |
6246 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
6247 retval[len++] = '\n'; | |
6248 } | |
6249 retval[len] = NUL; | |
6250 } | |
6251 | |
6252 return retval; | |
6253 } | |
6254 | |
6255 /* | |
6256 * Store string "str" in register "name". | |
6257 * "maxlen" is the maximum number of bytes to use, -1 for all bytes. | |
6258 * If "must_append" is TRUE, always append to the register. Otherwise append | |
6259 * if "name" is an uppercase letter. | |
6260 * Note: "maxlen" and "must_append" don't work for the "/" register. | |
6261 * Careful: 'str' is modified, you may have to use a copy! | |
6262 * If "str" ends in '\n' or '\r', use linewise, otherwise use characterwise. | |
6263 */ | |
6264 void | |
6265 write_reg_contents(name, str, maxlen, must_append) | |
6266 int name; | |
6267 char_u *str; | |
6268 int maxlen; | |
6269 int must_append; | |
6270 { | |
6271 write_reg_contents_ex(name, str, maxlen, must_append, MAUTO, 0L); | |
6272 } | |
6273 | |
6274 void | |
6275 write_reg_contents_ex(name, str, maxlen, must_append, yank_type, block_len) | |
6276 int name; | |
6277 char_u *str; | |
6278 int maxlen; | |
6279 int must_append; | |
6280 int yank_type; | |
6281 long block_len; | |
6282 { | |
6283 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
6284 long len; | |
6285 | |
336 | 6286 if (maxlen >= 0) |
6287 len = maxlen; | |
6288 else | |
6289 len = (long)STRLEN(str); | |
6290 | |
7 | 6291 /* Special case: '/' search pattern */ |
6292 if (name == '/') | |
6293 { | |
6294 set_last_search_pat(str, RE_SEARCH, TRUE, TRUE); | |
6295 return; | |
6296 } | |
6297 | |
336 | 6298 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
6299 if (name == '=') | |
6300 { | |
6301 char_u *p, *s; | |
6302 | |
6303 p = vim_strnsave(str, (int)len); | |
6304 if (p == NULL) | |
6305 return; | |
6306 if (must_append) | |
6307 { | |
6308 s = concat_str(get_expr_line_src(), p); | |
6309 vim_free(p); | |
6310 p = s; | |
6311 | |
6312 } | |
6313 set_expr_line(p); | |
6314 return; | |
6315 } | |
6316 #endif | |
6317 | |
7 | 6318 if (!valid_yank_reg(name, TRUE)) /* check for valid reg name */ |
6319 { | |
168 | 6320 emsg_invreg(name); |
7 | 6321 return; |
6322 } | |
6323 | |
6324 if (name == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ | |
6325 return; | |
6326 | |
6327 /* Don't want to change the current (unnamed) register */ | |
6328 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
6329 old_y_current = y_current; | |
6330 | |
6331 get_yank_register(name, TRUE); | |
6332 if (!y_append && !must_append) | |
6333 free_yank_all(); | |
6334 #ifndef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6335 /* Just in case - make sure we don't use MBLOCK */ | |
6336 if (yank_type == MBLOCK) | |
6337 yank_type = MAUTO; | |
6338 #endif | |
6339 str_to_reg(y_current, yank_type, str, len, block_len); | |
6340 | |
6341 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
6342 /* Send text of clipboard register to the clipboard. */ | |
6343 may_set_selection(); | |
6344 # endif | |
6345 | |
6346 /* ':let @" = "val"' should change the meaning of the "" register */ | |
6347 if (name != '"') | |
6348 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
6349 y_current = old_y_current; | |
6350 } | |
6351 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ | |
6352 | |
6353 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
6354 /* | |
6355 * Put a string into a register. When the register is not empty, the string | |
6356 * is appended. | |
6357 */ | |
6358 static void | |
2896 | 6359 str_to_reg(y_ptr, yank_type, str, len, blocklen) |
7 | 6360 struct yankreg *y_ptr; /* pointer to yank register */ |
2896 | 6361 int yank_type; /* MCHAR, MLINE, MBLOCK, MAUTO */ |
7 | 6362 char_u *str; /* string to put in register */ |
6363 long len; /* length of string */ | |
6364 long blocklen; /* width of Visual block */ | |
6365 { | |
2896 | 6366 int type; /* MCHAR, MLINE or MBLOCK */ |
7 | 6367 int lnum; |
6368 long start; | |
6369 long i; | |
6370 int extra; | |
6371 int newlines; /* number of lines added */ | |
6372 int extraline = 0; /* extra line at the end */ | |
6373 int append = FALSE; /* append to last line in register */ | |
6374 char_u *s; | |
6375 char_u **pp; | |
6376 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6377 long maxlen; | |
6378 #endif | |
6379 | |
2000 | 6380 if (y_ptr->y_array == NULL) /* NULL means empty register */ |
7 | 6381 y_ptr->y_size = 0; |
6382 | |
2896 | 6383 if (yank_type == MAUTO) |
6384 type = ((len > 0 && (str[len - 1] == NL || str[len - 1] == CAR)) | |
6385 ? MLINE : MCHAR); | |
6386 else | |
6387 type = yank_type; | |
6388 | |
7 | 6389 /* |
6390 * Count the number of lines within the string | |
6391 */ | |
6392 newlines = 0; | |
6393 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
6394 if (str[i] == '\n') | |
6395 ++newlines; | |
6396 if (type == MCHAR || len == 0 || str[len - 1] != '\n') | |
6397 { | |
6398 extraline = 1; | |
6399 ++newlines; /* count extra newline at the end */ | |
6400 } | |
6401 if (y_ptr->y_size > 0 && y_ptr->y_type == MCHAR) | |
6402 { | |
6403 append = TRUE; | |
6404 --newlines; /* uncount newline when appending first line */ | |
6405 } | |
6406 | |
6407 /* | |
6408 * Allocate an array to hold the pointers to the new register lines. | |
6409 * If the register was not empty, move the existing lines to the new array. | |
6410 */ | |
6411 pp = (char_u **)lalloc_clear((y_ptr->y_size + newlines) | |
6412 * sizeof(char_u *), TRUE); | |
6413 if (pp == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
6414 return; | |
6415 for (lnum = 0; lnum < y_ptr->y_size; ++lnum) | |
6416 pp[lnum] = y_ptr->y_array[lnum]; | |
6417 vim_free(y_ptr->y_array); | |
6418 y_ptr->y_array = pp; | |
6419 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6420 maxlen = 0; | |
6421 #endif | |
6422 | |
6423 /* | |
6424 * Find the end of each line and save it into the array. | |
6425 */ | |
6426 for (start = 0; start < len + extraline; start += i + 1) | |
6427 { | |
6428 for (i = start; i < len; ++i) /* find the end of the line */ | |
6429 if (str[i] == '\n') | |
6430 break; | |
6431 i -= start; /* i is now length of line */ | |
6432 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6433 if (i > maxlen) | |
6434 maxlen = i; | |
6435 #endif | |
6436 if (append) | |
6437 { | |
6438 --lnum; | |
6439 extra = (int)STRLEN(y_ptr->y_array[lnum]); | |
6440 } | |
6441 else | |
6442 extra = 0; | |
6443 s = alloc((unsigned)(i + extra + 1)); | |
6444 if (s == NULL) | |
6445 break; | |
6446 if (extra) | |
6447 mch_memmove(s, y_ptr->y_array[lnum], (size_t)extra); | |
6448 if (append) | |
6449 vim_free(y_ptr->y_array[lnum]); | |
6450 if (i) | |
6451 mch_memmove(s + extra, str + start, (size_t)i); | |
6452 extra += i; | |
6453 s[extra] = NUL; | |
6454 y_ptr->y_array[lnum++] = s; | |
6455 while (--extra >= 0) | |
6456 { | |
6457 if (*s == NUL) | |
6458 *s = '\n'; /* replace NUL with newline */ | |
6459 ++s; | |
6460 } | |
6461 append = FALSE; /* only first line is appended */ | |
6462 } | |
6463 y_ptr->y_type = type; | |
6464 y_ptr->y_size = lnum; | |
6465 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6466 if (type == MBLOCK) | |
6467 y_ptr->y_width = (blocklen < 0 ? maxlen - 1 : blocklen); | |
6468 else | |
6469 y_ptr->y_width = 0; | |
6470 # endif | |
6471 } | |
6472 #endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD || FEAT_EVAL || PROTO */ | |
6473 | |
6474 void | |
6475 clear_oparg(oap) | |
6476 oparg_T *oap; | |
6477 { | |
6478 vim_memset(oap, 0, sizeof(oparg_T)); | |
6479 } | |
6480 | |
161 | 6481 static long line_count_info __ARGS((char_u *line, long *wc, long *cc, long limit, int eol_size)); |
7 | 6482 |
6483 /* | |
161 | 6484 * Count the number of bytes, characters and "words" in a line. |
7 | 6485 * |
6486 * "Words" are counted by looking for boundaries between non-space and | |
6487 * space characters. (it seems to produce results that match 'wc'.) | |
6488 * | |
161 | 6489 * Return value is byte count; word count for the line is added to "*wc". |
6490 * Char count is added to "*cc". | |
7 | 6491 * |
6492 * The function will only examine the first "limit" characters in the | |
6493 * line, stopping if it encounters an end-of-line (NUL byte). In that | |
6494 * case, eol_size will be added to the character count to account for | |
6495 * the size of the EOL character. | |
6496 */ | |
6497 static long | |
161 | 6498 line_count_info(line, wc, cc, limit, eol_size) |
7 | 6499 char_u *line; |
6500 long *wc; | |
161 | 6501 long *cc; |
7 | 6502 long limit; |
6503 int eol_size; | |
6504 { | |
161 | 6505 long i; |
6506 long words = 0; | |
6507 long chars = 0; | |
7 | 6508 int is_word = 0; |
6509 | |
3626 | 6510 for (i = 0; i < limit && line[i] != NUL; ) |
7 | 6511 { |
6512 if (is_word) | |
6513 { | |
6514 if (vim_isspace(line[i])) | |
6515 { | |
6516 words++; | |
6517 is_word = 0; | |
6518 } | |
6519 } | |
6520 else if (!vim_isspace(line[i])) | |
6521 is_word = 1; | |
161 | 6522 ++chars; |
6523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 6524 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + i); |
161 | 6525 #else |
6526 ++i; | |
6527 #endif | |
7 | 6528 } |
6529 | |
6530 if (is_word) | |
6531 words++; | |
6532 *wc += words; | |
6533 | |
6534 /* Add eol_size if the end of line was reached before hitting limit. */ | |
2996 | 6535 if (i < limit && line[i] == NUL) |
161 | 6536 { |
7 | 6537 i += eol_size; |
161 | 6538 chars += eol_size; |
6539 } | |
6540 *cc += chars; | |
7 | 6541 return i; |
6542 } | |
6543 | |
6544 /* | |
6545 * Give some info about the position of the cursor (for "g CTRL-G"). | |
6546 * In Visual mode, give some info about the selected region. (In this case, | |
6547 * the *_count_cursor variables store running totals for the selection.) | |
6548 */ | |
6549 void | |
6550 cursor_pos_info() | |
6551 { | |
6552 char_u *p; | |
274 | 6553 char_u buf1[50]; |
6554 char_u buf2[40]; | |
7 | 6555 linenr_T lnum; |
161 | 6556 long byte_count = 0; |
6557 long byte_count_cursor = 0; | |
7 | 6558 long char_count = 0; |
6559 long char_count_cursor = 0; | |
161 | 6560 long word_count = 0; |
6561 long word_count_cursor = 0; | |
7 | 6562 int eol_size; |
6563 long last_check = 100000L; | |
6564 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6565 long line_count_selected = 0; | |
6566 pos_T min_pos, max_pos; | |
6567 oparg_T oparg; | |
6568 struct block_def bd; | |
6569 #endif | |
6570 | |
6571 /* | |
6572 * Compute the length of the file in characters. | |
6573 */ | |
6574 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) | |
6575 { | |
6576 MSG(_(no_lines_msg)); | |
6577 } | |
6578 else | |
6579 { | |
6580 if (get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_DOS) | |
6581 eol_size = 2; | |
6582 else | |
6583 eol_size = 1; | |
6584 | |
6585 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6586 if (VIsual_active) | |
6587 { | |
6588 if (lt(VIsual, curwin->w_cursor)) | |
6589 { | |
6590 min_pos = VIsual; | |
6591 max_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6592 } | |
6593 else | |
6594 { | |
6595 min_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6596 max_pos = VIsual; | |
6597 } | |
6598 if (*p_sel == 'e' && max_pos.col > 0) | |
6599 --max_pos.col; | |
6600 | |
6601 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
6602 { | |
1866 | 6603 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
6604 char_u * saved_sbr = p_sbr; | |
6605 | |
6606 /* Make 'sbr' empty for a moment to get the correct size. */ | |
6607 p_sbr = empty_option; | |
6608 #endif | |
7 | 6609 oparg.is_VIsual = 1; |
6610 oparg.block_mode = TRUE; | |
6611 oparg.op_type = OP_NOP; | |
6612 getvcols(curwin, &min_pos, &max_pos, | |
688 | 6613 &oparg.start_vcol, &oparg.end_vcol); |
1866 | 6614 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
6615 p_sbr = saved_sbr; | |
6616 #endif | |
688 | 6617 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) |
6618 oparg.end_vcol = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 6619 /* Swap the start, end vcol if needed */ |
6620 if (oparg.end_vcol < oparg.start_vcol) | |
6621 { | |
6622 oparg.end_vcol += oparg.start_vcol; | |
6623 oparg.start_vcol = oparg.end_vcol - oparg.start_vcol; | |
6624 oparg.end_vcol -= oparg.start_vcol; | |
6625 } | |
6626 } | |
6627 line_count_selected = max_pos.lnum - min_pos.lnum + 1; | |
6628 } | |
6629 #endif | |
6630 | |
6631 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) | |
6632 { | |
6633 /* Check for a CTRL-C every 100000 characters. */ | |
161 | 6634 if (byte_count > last_check) |
7 | 6635 { |
6636 ui_breakcheck(); | |
6637 if (got_int) | |
6638 return; | |
161 | 6639 last_check = byte_count + 100000L; |
7 | 6640 } |
6641 | |
6642 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6643 /* Do extra processing for VIsual mode. */ | |
6644 if (VIsual_active | |
6645 && lnum >= min_pos.lnum && lnum <= max_pos.lnum) | |
6646 { | |
45 | 6647 char_u *s = NULL; |
6648 long len = 0L; | |
6649 | |
7 | 6650 switch (VIsual_mode) |
6651 { | |
6652 case Ctrl_V: | |
6653 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6654 virtual_op = virtual_active(); | |
6655 # endif | |
6656 block_prep(&oparg, &bd, lnum, 0); | |
6657 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6658 virtual_op = MAYBE; | |
6659 # endif | |
45 | 6660 s = bd.textstart; |
6661 len = (long)bd.textlen; | |
7 | 6662 break; |
6663 case 'V': | |
45 | 6664 s = ml_get(lnum); |
6665 len = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 6666 break; |
6667 case 'v': | |
6668 { | |
6669 colnr_T start_col = (lnum == min_pos.lnum) | |
6670 ? min_pos.col : 0; | |
6671 colnr_T end_col = (lnum == max_pos.lnum) | |
6672 ? max_pos.col - start_col + 1 : MAXCOL; | |
6673 | |
45 | 6674 s = ml_get(lnum) + start_col; |
6675 len = end_col; | |
7 | 6676 } |
6677 break; | |
6678 } | |
45 | 6679 if (s != NULL) |
6680 { | |
161 | 6681 byte_count_cursor += line_count_info(s, &word_count_cursor, |
6682 &char_count_cursor, len, eol_size); | |
45 | 6683 if (lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count |
6684 && !curbuf->b_p_eol | |
6685 && curbuf->b_p_bin | |
50 | 6686 && (long)STRLEN(s) < len) |
161 | 6687 byte_count_cursor -= eol_size; |
45 | 6688 } |
7 | 6689 } |
6690 else | |
6691 #endif | |
6692 { | |
6693 /* In non-visual mode, check for the line the cursor is on */ | |
6694 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
6695 { | |
6696 word_count_cursor += word_count; | |
161 | 6697 char_count_cursor += char_count; |
6698 byte_count_cursor = byte_count + | |
6699 line_count_info(ml_get(lnum), | |
6700 &word_count_cursor, &char_count_cursor, | |
7 | 6701 (long)(curwin->w_cursor.col + 1), eol_size); |
6702 } | |
6703 } | |
6704 /* Add to the running totals */ | |
161 | 6705 byte_count += line_count_info(ml_get(lnum), &word_count, |
6706 &char_count, (long)MAXCOL, eol_size); | |
7 | 6707 } |
6708 | |
6709 /* Correction for when last line doesn't have an EOL. */ | |
6710 if (!curbuf->b_p_eol && curbuf->b_p_bin) | |
161 | 6711 byte_count -= eol_size; |
7 | 6712 |
6713 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6714 if (VIsual_active) | |
6715 { | |
688 | 6716 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V && curwin->w_curswant < MAXCOL) |
7 | 6717 { |
6718 getvcols(curwin, &min_pos, &max_pos, &min_pos.col, | |
688 | 6719 &max_pos.col); |
1869 | 6720 vim_snprintf((char *)buf1, sizeof(buf1), _("%ld Cols; "), |
7 | 6721 (long)(oparg.end_vcol - oparg.start_vcol + 1)); |
6722 } | |
6723 else | |
6724 buf1[0] = NUL; | |
6725 | |
161 | 6726 if (char_count_cursor == byte_count_cursor |
274 | 6727 && char_count == byte_count) |
1869 | 6728 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6729 _("Selected %s%ld of %ld Lines; %ld of %ld Words; %ld of %ld Bytes"), | |
7 | 6730 buf1, line_count_selected, |
6731 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6732 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
161 | 6733 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); |
6734 else | |
1869 | 6735 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6736 _("Selected %s%ld of %ld Lines; %ld of %ld Words; %ld of %ld Chars; %ld of %ld Bytes"), | |
161 | 6737 buf1, line_count_selected, |
6738 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6739 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
6740 char_count_cursor, char_count, | |
6741 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); | |
7 | 6742 } |
6743 else | |
6744 #endif | |
6745 { | |
6746 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
6747 validate_virtcol(); | |
1869 | 6748 col_print(buf1, sizeof(buf1), (int)curwin->w_cursor.col + 1, |
7 | 6749 (int)curwin->w_virtcol + 1); |
1869 | 6750 col_print(buf2, sizeof(buf2), (int)STRLEN(p), linetabsize(p)); |
7 | 6751 |
161 | 6752 if (char_count_cursor == byte_count_cursor |
6753 && char_count == byte_count) | |
1869 | 6754 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6755 _("Col %s of %s; Line %ld of %ld; Word %ld of %ld; Byte %ld of %ld"), | |
7 | 6756 (char *)buf1, (char *)buf2, |
6757 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
6758 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6759 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
161 | 6760 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); |
6761 else | |
1869 | 6762 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6763 _("Col %s of %s; Line %ld of %ld; Word %ld of %ld; Char %ld of %ld; Byte %ld of %ld"), | |
161 | 6764 (char *)buf1, (char *)buf2, |
6765 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
6766 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6767 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
6768 char_count_cursor, char_count, | |
6769 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); | |
7 | 6770 } |
6771 | |
6772 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
161 | 6773 byte_count = bomb_size(); |
6774 if (byte_count > 0) | |
7 | 6775 sprintf((char *)IObuff + STRLEN(IObuff), _("(+%ld for BOM)"), |
161 | 6776 byte_count); |
7 | 6777 #endif |
6778 /* Don't shorten this message, the user asked for it. */ | |
6779 p = p_shm; | |
6780 p_shm = (char_u *)""; | |
6781 msg(IObuff); | |
6782 p_shm = p; | |
6783 } | |
6784 } |